Haskins Publications

Publications Sorted By Authors

Number	Year	Author	Title	Publication
1581	2010		Spatial and Temporal Properties of Gestures in North American English /r/.	Language and Speech, v. 53(1), pp. 49-69.

1336	2004	Abramson, A. S.	The Plausibility of Phonetic Explanations of Tonogenesis	In Gunnar Fant, Hiroya Fujisaki, Jianfen Cao, and Yi Xu (Eds.), From Traditional phonology to modern speech processing: Festschrift for Professor Wu Zongji’s 95th Birthday, pp. 17-29. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.
616	1987	Abramson, A. S.	Word-Initial Consonant Length in Pattani Malay.	In Proceedings of the XIth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, Vol. 6, (pp. 68-70). Tallinn Academy of Sciences of the Estonian U. S. S. R.
260	1978	Abramson, A. S.	Static and dynamic acoustic cues in distinctive tones.	Language and Speech, 21, 319-325.
278	1978	Abramson, A. S.	The phonetic plausibility of the segmentation of tones in Thai phonology.	Proceedings of the Twelfth International Congress of Linguists (pp. 760-763). Innsbruck: Innsbrucker Beitrage zur Sprachwissenschaft.
135	1972	Abramson, A. S.	Tonal experiments with whispered Thai.	Thai. Papers on linguistics and phonetics in memory of Pierre Delattre (pp. 31-44). The Hague: Mouton.
720	1989	Abramson, A. S.	Laryngeal Control in the Plosives of Standard Thai.	PASAA, 19(2), 85-93.
674	1988	Abramson, A. S.	The principles on which the IPA should be based.	Journal of the International Phonetic Association, 18, 66-68.
615	1986	Abramson, A. S.	The perception of word-initial consonant length: Pattani Malay.	Journal of the International Phonetic Association, 16, 8-16.
269	1979	Abramson, A. S.	The coarticulation of tones: An acoustic study of Thai.	In T. L. Thongkum, P. Kullavanijaya, V. Panupong, & K. Tingsabadh (Eds.), Studies in Tai and Mon-Khmer phonetics and phonology in honour of Eugenie J. A. Henderson. Bangkok: Indigenous Languages of Thailand Research Project.
279	1979	Abramson, A. S.	The noncategorical perception of tone categories in Thai.	In B. Lindblom & S. Ohman (Eds.), Frontiers of speech communication research. London: Academic Press.
229	1977	Abramson, A. S.	Laryngeal timing in consonant distinctions.	Phonetica, 34, 295-303.
215	1976	Abramson, A. S.	Thai tones as a reference system.	In T. W. Gething, J. G. Harris, & P. Kullavanijaya (Eds.), Thai linguistics in honor of Fang-Kuei Li. Bangkok: Chulalongkorn University Press.
172	1974	Abramson, A. S.	Experimental phonetics in phonology: Vowel duration in Thai.	Pasaa, 4, 71-89.
174	1974	Abramson, A. S.	Phonetics: An overview.	A Current Trends in Linguistics, 12, 2187-2200.
35	1962	Abramson, A. S.	The vowels and tones of standard Thai: Acoustical measurements and experiments.	Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Research Center in Anthropology, Folklore and Linguistics.
88	1970	Abramson, A. S. & Lisker, L	Discriminability along the voicing continuum: Cross language tests.	Proceedings of the 6th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. (pp. 569-573). Prague: Academia.
130	1972	Abramson, A. S. & Lisker, L.	Voice timing in Korean stops.	Proceedings of the 7th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp. 439-446). The Hague: Mouton.
107	1970	Abramson, A. S., & Lisker, L.	Laryngeal behavior, the speech signal and phonological simplicity.	Actes du Xe Congres International des Linguistes, 4, 123-129.
74	1965	Abramson, A. S., & Lisker, L.	Voice onset time in stop consonants: Acoustic analysis and synthesis.	Proceedings of the 5th International Congress of Acoustics (Paper A51). Liege: Imp. G. Thone.
722	1990	Abramson, A. S., & Ren, N.	Distinctive vowel length: duration vs. spectrum in Thai.	Journal of Phonetics, 18, 79-92
788	1992	Abramson, A. S., Erickson, D. M.	Tone Splits and Voicing Shifts in Thai: Phonetic Plausibility.	Pan-Asiatic Linguistics: Proceedings of the Third International Symposium on Language and Linguistics. Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok, Thailand. (pp.1-15).
350	1981	Abramson, A. S., Nye, P. W., Henderson, J. B., & Marshall, C. W.	Vowel height and the perception of consonantal nasality.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 70, 329-339.
128	1973	Abramson, A., & Lisker, L.	Voice timing perception in Spanish word-initial stops.	Journal of Phonetics, 1, 1-8
1594	2009	Abramson, A.S.	A Fuzzy Boundary Between Tone Languages and Voice-Register Languages	Frontiers in Phonetics and Speech Science, (Eds.) G. Fant, H. Fujisaki, J. Shen, 2009. The Commercial Press, pp. 149-155.
1525	2008	Abramson, A.S.	In Memoriam, Patrick W. Nye 1936-2008.	Phonetica, v .65, pp. 270-271.
1488	2007	Abramson, A.S.	The Role of Phonetics in Linguistics and Other Fields	Wirote Aroonmanakun (ed.), Unfolding Linguistics, pp. 1-8, Bangkok; Centre for Research in Speech and Language Processing, Chulalongkorn University.
1433	2006	Abramson, A.S.	Leigh Lisker 1918-2006 In Memoriam	Phonetica, V. 63, pp. 203-205.
1446	2006	Abramson, A.S.	In Memoriam - Leigh Lisker	Journal of the International Phonetic Association, V. 36: No.2 (2006), pp. 265-266.
1335	2004	Abramson, A.S.	Toward Prosodic Contrast: Suai and Pattani Malay	International Symposium on Tonal Aspects of Languages: Emphasis on tone Languages. Beijing, China. March 28-30, 2004.
1366	2004	Abramson, A.S.	In Memoriam Ignatius G. Mattingly, PhD 1927-2004	Phonetica, 2004: V. 61, pp. 172-174.
1290	2003	Abramson, A.S.	Acoustic Cues to Word-Initial Stop Length in Pattani Malay	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 387-390.
1280	2002	Abramson, A.S.	Book Review. Nina Grønnum, Jørgen Rischel (Eds.). To honor Eli Fischer-Jørgensen: Festschrift on the occasion of her 90th birthday.	Journal of Phonetics, v.30, pp. 709-712.
1183	2000	Abramson, A.S.	Franklin Seaney Cooper 1908-1999 Obituary.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America. 108 (5), 1970-1971.
1197	2000	Abramson, A.S.	The perception of voicing distinctions.	In Burnham, D., Luksaneeyanawin, S., Davis, C., & Lafourcade, M. (eds.) Interdisciplinary approaches to language processing. Bangkok, NECTEC.
1198	2000	Abramson, A.S.	Speech as encoded language.	In Burnham, D., Luksaneeyanawin, S., Davis, C., & Lafourcade, M.(eds). Interdisciplinary approaches to language processing. Bangkok, NECTEC.
1205		Abramson, A.S.	The stability of distinctive vowel length in Thai.	In Tingsabadh, K. & Abramson, A.S. Essays in Thai linguistics (pp.13-26). Bangkok: Chulalongkorn University Press.
1127	1999	Abramson, A.S.	Fundamental frequency as a cue to word-initial consonant length: Pattani Malay.	Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp. 591-594). San Francisco, CA.
1080	1998	Abramson, A.S.	The complex acoustic output of a single articulatory gesture: Pattani Malay word-initial consonant length.	In U. Warotamasikkhadit & T. Panakul (Eds.) Papers from the Fourth Annual Meeting of the Southeast Asian Linguistics Society, 1994. Tempe Arizona Program for Southeast Asian Studies, Arizona State University.
1150	1999	Abramson, A.S., & Tingsabadh, K.	Thai final stops: Cross-language perception.	Phonetica, 56, 111-122.
191a	1975	Abramson, A.S., J.G. Harris & J.R. Chamberlain, S.	Studies in Tai Linguistics.	In honor of William J. Geddney. Bankok: Central Institute of English Language.
1367	2004	Abramson, A.S., L-Thongkum, T. & Nye, P.W.	Voice Register in Suai (Kuai): An Analysis of Perceptual and Acoustic Data	Phonetica, 2004, V.61, pp. 147-171.
1473	2007	Abramson, A.S., Nye, P.W., Luagthongkum, T.	Voice Register in Khmu’: Experiments in Production and Perception	Phonetica, V.64, pp. 80-104.
1074	1997	Abramson, Arthur S.	The Thai Tonal Space.	Abramson, A.S., Southeast Asian Linguistic Studies in honour of Vichin Panupong. Bangkok: Chalulongkorn University Press, 1997.
994	1996	Abramson, Arthur S.	The stability of the Thai three-way voicing distinction in conversation.	Proceedings of the Fourth International Symposium on Languages and Linguistics, Pan-Asiatic Linguistics, Vol. 1, 1-10.
974	1995	Abramson, Arthur S.	Laryngeal Timing in Karen obstruents	Bell-Berti, F. and Raphael, L.J. Producing Speech: Contemporary Issues. For Katerhine Safford Harris. AIP Press: New York.
892	1991	Abramson, Arthur S.	Amplitude as a cue to word-initial consonant length: Pattani Malay.	Proceedings of the ‘91 ICPhS. Aix-En-Provence, France, 98-101.
507	1985	Abramson, Arthur S. & Lisker, Leigh	Relative Power of Cues: FO Shift Versus Voice Timing.	In V. A. Fromkin (ed.). (pp. 25-31). Phonetic Linguistics: Essays in Honor of Peter Ladefoged.
786	1991	Aguiar, L., & Brady, S. A.	Vocabulary Acquisition and Reading Ability.	Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 3, 413-425.
383	1982	Alfonso, P. J., & Baer, T.	Dynamics of vowel articulation.	Language and Speech, 25, 151-173.
765	1991	Alfonso, P. J., & Watson, B.C.	Noninvasive Instrumentation in the Treatment of Stuttering.	In D. Vogel and M. P. Cannito (Eds.), Treating Disordered Speech Motor Control. Pro-ed: Austin, TX. (pp.319-340).
856	1991	Alfonso, Peter J.	Implication of the concepts underlying task-dynamic modeling on kinematic studies of stuttering.	Speech Motor Control and Stuttering, edited by Peters, Hulstijn, and Starkweather. Elsevier Science Publishers, B.V., pp. 79-100.
1498	2008	Andres, M., Ostry, D.J., Nicol, F. & Paus, T.	Time course of number magnitude interference during grasping	Cortex, V. 44, pp. 414-419.
1632	2010	Antoniou, M., Best, C.T., Tyler, M.D., Kroos, C.	Language context elicits native-like stop voicing in early bilinguals’ productions in both L1 and L2.	Journal of Phonetics, v. 38 2010, pp. 640-653.
233	1978	Atkinson, J. E.	Correlation analysis of the physiological features controlling fundamental voice frequency.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 63, 211-222.
1424	2006	Baayen, R.H., Feldman, L.B. & Schreuder, R.	Morphological influences on the recognition of monosyllabic monomorphemic words	Journal of Memory and Language, V. 55, pp. 290-313.
348	1981	Baer, T.	Observation of vocal fold vibration: Measurement of excised larynges.	In Vocal Fold Physiology, K. N. Stevens and M. Hirano (Eds.), 113-119
268	1979	Baer, T.	Reflex activation of laryngeal muscles by sudden induced subglottal pressure changes.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 65, 1271-1275.
642	1988	Baer, T., Alfonso, P. J., & Honda, K. 642. Baer, T., Alfonso, P. J., & Honda, K.	Electromyography of the Tongue Muscles During Vowels in / / Environment.	Annual Bulletin, RILP, 22, 7-19
573	1987	Baer, T., Gore, J. C., Boyce, S. & Nye, P. W.	Application of MRI to the analysis of speech production.	Magnetic Resonance Imaging, Vol. 5, 1-7.
761	1991	Baer, T., Gore, J. C., Gracco, L. C., & Nye, P. W.	Analysis of vocal tract shape and dimensions using magnetic resonance imaging: Vowels.	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, 90(2), 799-828.
406	1983	Baer, T., Lofqvist, A., & McGarr, N. S.	Laryngeal vibrations: A comparison between high-speed filming and glottographic techniques.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 73, 1304-1308.
273	1979	Baer, Thomas	A review of Articulatory Modeling and Phonetics by R. Carre, R. Descout, and M. Wajskop (eds.), IEEE Transactions on Acoustics	Speech and Signal Processing, Vol. ASSP-27, No. 3.
308	1980	Bailey, P. J., & Summerfield, Q.	Information in speech: Observations on the perception of [s]-stop clusters.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 6, 536-563.
868	1993	Bar-Shalom, E. G., Crain, S., & Shankweiler, D.	A comparison of comprehension and production abilities of good and poor readers.	Applied Psycholinguistics, 14, 197-227.
904	1994	Baynes, K., Funnell, M.G., and Fowler, C.A.	Hemispheric contributions to the integration of visual and auditory information in speech perception.	Perception & Psychophysics, 55 (6), 633-641.
1662	2010	Beal, D.S., Cheyne, D.O., Gracco, V.L., Quraan, M.A., Taylor, M.J., De Nil, L.F.	Auditory evoked fields to vocalization during passive listening and active generation in adults who stutter	NeuroImage, 2010
1468	2007	Beal, D.S., Gracco, V.L., Lafaille, S.J. & Nil, L.F.	Voxel-based morphometry of auditory and speech-related cortex in stutterers	NeuroReport, V. 18:No. 12, pp. 1257-1260.
568	1986	Beddor, P. S, Krakow, R. A., & Goldstein, L. M.	Perceptual constraints and phonological change: a study of nasal vowel height.	Phonology Yearbook 3, 197-217.
873	1992	Beek, P. J., Turvey, M. T., & Schmidt, R. C.	Autonomous and Nonautonomous Dynamics of Coordinated Rhythmic Movements.	Ecological Psychology, 4(2), 65-95.
326	1980	Bell-Berti, F.	Velopharyngeal function: A spatial-temporal model.	Speech and Language: Advances in Basic Research and Practice, 4, 291-316
170	1975	Bell-Berti, F.	Control of pharyngeal cavity size for English voiced and voiceless stops.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 57, 456-461.
884	1993	Bell-Berti, F.	Understanding velic motor control: Studies of segmental context.	Phonetics & Phonology. Huffman, M. K.; Krakow, R. A.: Eds. Phonetics and Phonology; Nasals, nasalization, and the velum., 63-85.
205	1976	Bell-Berti, F.	An electromyographic study of velopharyngeal function in speech.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 19, 225-240.
182	1975	Bell-Berti, F. & Hirose, H.	Short communication. Palatal activity in voicing distinctions: A simultaneous fiberoptic and electromyographic study.	Journal of Phonetics, 3, 69-74.
776	1991	Bell-Berti, F., & Chevrie-Muller, C.	Motor Levels of Speech Timing: Evidence From Studies of Ataxia.	In Peters, Hulstijn and Starkweather (eds.), Speech Motor Control and Stuttering. (pp.293-301).
361	1982	Bell-Berti, F., & Harris, K. S.	Temporal patterns of coarticulation: Lip rounding.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 71, 449-454.
343	1981	Bell-Berti, F., & Harris, K. S.	A temporal model of speech production.	Phonetica, 38, 9-20
270	1979	Bell-Berti, F., & Harris, K. S.	Anticipatory coarticulation: Some implications from a study of lip rounding.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 65, 1268-1270.
757	1991	Bell-Berti, F., & Krakow, R. A.	Anticipatory velor lowering: A coproduction account.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 90, 112-123.
415	1983	Bell-Berti, F., & Raphael, L. J.	On identifying syllable boundaries.	Speech Communication, 2, 145-147.
276	1979	Bell-Berti, F., Baer, T., Harris, K. S., & Niimi, S.	Coarticulatory effects of vowel quality on velar elevation.	Phonetica, 36, 187-193.
300	1979	Bell-Berti, F., Raphael, L. J., Pisoni, D. B., & Sawusch, J. R.	Some relationships between speech production and perception.	Phonetica, 36, 373-383.
970	1995	Bell-Berti, Fredericka, Krakow, Rena A., Gelfer, Carole E., and Boyce, Suzanne E.	Anticipatory and carryover effects: implications for models of speech production.	Bell-Berti, F., and L.J. Raphael. Producing Speech: Contemporary Issues. For Katherine Safford Harris. AIP Press: New York.
986	1995	Ben-Dror, Ilana, Bentin, Shlomo, and Frost, Ram.	Semantic, phonologic, and morphologic skills in reading disabled and normal children: evidence from perception and production of spoken Hebrew.	Reading Research Quarterly, Vol. 30, No. 4, October/November/December 1995, pp. 876-893.
953	1995	Ben-Dror, Ilana, Frost, Ram, and Bentin, Shlomo.	Orthographic representation and phonemic segmentation in skilled readers: a cross-language comparison.	Psychological Science, 6 (3), May 1995.
1237	2001	Benson, R.R., Whalen, D.H., Richardson, M., Swainson, B., Clark, V.P., Lai, S. & Liberman, A.M.	Parametrically dissociating speech and nonspeech perception in the brain using fMRI.	Brain and Language, 78, 364-396
1125	1999	Bentin, S, Mouchetant-Rostaing, Y., Giard, M.H., Echallier, J.F.& Pernier, J.	ERP manifestations of processing printed words at different psycholinguistic levels: Time course and scalp distribution.	Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 11: 3, 235-260
1179		Bentin, S. & Ibrahim, R.	New evidence for phonological processing during visual word recognition: the case of Arabic.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition. v. 22, no.2, 309-323.
471	1984	Bentin, S. & Katz, L.	Semantic awareness in a nolexical task.	Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 22, 381-384.
742	1990	Bentin, S., & Feldman, L.	The Contribution of Morphological and Semantic Relatedness to Repetition Priming at Short and Long Lags: Evidence from Hebrew.	The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 42A, 693- 711.
561	1987	Bentin, S., & Frost, R.	Processing lexical ambiguity and visual word recognition in a deep orthography.	Memory and Cognition, 15(1), 13-23.
715	1990	Bentin, S., & Mann, V.	Masking and stimulus intensity effects on duplex perception: A confirmation of the dissociation between speech and nonspeech modes	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 88(1), 64-74.
466	1984	Bentin, S., Bargai, N., & Katz, L.	Orthographic and phonemic coding for lexical access: Evidence from Hebrew.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 10, 353-368.
701	1990	Bentin, S., Deutsch, A., & Liberman, I. Y.	Syntactic Competence and Reading Ability in Children.	Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 48, 147-172.
849	1992	Bentin, Shlomo.	Chapter 11: Phonological awareness, reading, and reading acquisition: a survey and appraisal of current knowledge.	Orthography, Phonology, Morphology, and Meaning, edited by R. Frost and L. Katz. Elsevier Science Publishers, B.V. 193-210.
1388	2004	Berk, Stephanie	Acquisition of Verb Agreement When First-Language Exposure is Delayed	BUCLD 28 Proceedings ed. A. Brugos, L. Micciulla, and C.E. Smith, p. 62-73. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press.
470	1984	Best, C. T.	Discovering messages in the medium: Speech perception and the prelinguistic infant.	In H. E. Fitzgerald, B. Lester, & M. Yogman (Eds.), Advances in pediatric psychology (Vol. 2). (pp. 97-145). New York: Plenum.
646	1988	Best, C. T.	The Emergence of Cerebral Asymmetries in Early Human Development: A Literature Review and a Neuroembryological Model.	In D. L. Molfese and S. J. Segalowitz (eds.), Brain Lateralization in Children. The Guilford Press: New York.
1264	2002	Best, C. T.	Revealing the mother tongue’s nurturing effects on the infant ear.	Infant Behavior & Development, 25, 134-139.
660	1989	Best, C. T. & Queen, H. F.	Baby, It's in Your Smile: Right Hemiface Bias in Infant Emotional Expressions.	Developmental Psychology, 25(2), 264-276.
815	1992	Best, C. T., & Strange, W.	Effects of phonological and phonetic factors on cross-language perception of approximants.	Journal of Phonetics, 20, 305-330.
362	1982	Best, C. T., Hoffman, H., & Glanville, B. B.	Development of infant ear asymmetries for speech and music.	Perception & Psychophysics, 31, 75-85.
638	1988	Best, C. T., McRoberts, G. W., & Sithole, N. M.	Examination of Perceptual Reorganization for Nonnative Speech Contrasts: Zulu Click Discrimination by English-Speaking Adults and Infants.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, Vol. 14, No. 3, 345-360.
334	1981	Best, C. T., Morrongiello, B., & Robson, R.	Perceptual equivalence of acoustic cues in speech and nonspeech perception.	Perception & Psychophysics, 29, 191-211
657	1989	Best, C. T., Studdert-Kennedy, M., Manuel, S. & Rubin-Spitz, J. (1989).	Discovering phonetic coherence in acoustic patterns.	Perception & Psychophysics, 45(3), 237-250.
1291a	2003	Best, C.C. & McRoberts, G.W.	Infant Perception of Non-Native Consonant Contrasts that Adults Assimilate in Different Ways	Language and Speech
1291b	2003	Best, C.T.	Peeling back the layers of time: integrating speech perception on the scales of stimulus time, experiential time, and developmental time	Journal of Phonetics, v.31, pp. 613-618
946	1994	Best, C.T.	Learning to perceive the sound pattern of English.	In Advances in Infancy Research, edited by C. Rovee-Collier and L.P. Lipsitt, pp 217-304.
1131	1999	Best, C.T.	Development of language-specific influences on speech perception and production in pre-verbal infancy.	Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp. 1261-1264). San Francisco, CA.
1483	2007	Best, C.T. & Tyler, M.D.	Nonative and second-language speech perception: Commonalities and complementarities.	In M.J. Munro & O.-S. Bohn (Eds.), Second language speech learning: The role of language experience in speech perception and production. Amssterdam: John Benjamins, pp. 13-34.
1108	1999	Best, C.T., & Avery, R.A.	Left-hemisphere advantage for click consonants is determined by linguistic significance and experience.	Psychological Science, 10, 65-70.
1291	2003	Best, C.T., Halle, P., Bohn, O.S. & Faber, A.	Cross-language perception of nonnative vowels: Phonological and phonetic effects of listeners’ native languages.	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain.August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 2889-2892.
1576	2010	Best, C.T., Hallé, P.A.	Perception of initial obstruent voicing is influenced by gestural organization.	Journal of Phonetics, v. 38, pp. 109-126.
1485	2007	Best, C.T., Hallé, P.A. & Pardo, J.S.	English and French Speakers’ Perception of voicing Distinctions in Non-Native Lateral Consonant Syllable Onsets	Interspeech 2007, Aug. 27-31, Antwerp Belgium, International Speech Communication Association.
1575	2010	Best, C.T., Mathur, G., Miranda, K.A., & Lillo-Martin, D.	Effects of sign language experience on categorical perception of dynamic ASL pseudosigns.	Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics, v. 72:no.3, pp. 747-762.
1635	2010	Best, C.T., Mathur, G., Miranda, K.A., & Lillo-Martin, D.	Effects of sign language experience on categorical perception of dynamic ASL pseudosigns	Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics, v. 72(3), pp. 747-762
1194	2001	Best, C.T., McRoberts, G.W. & Goodell, E.	Discrimination of non-native consonant contrasts varying in perceptual assimilation to the listener’s native phonological system.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 109, 775-794.
1292	2003	Best, C.T., Traill, A., Carter, A., Harrison, K.D. & Faber, A.	!Xóõ click perception by English, Isizulu, and Sesotho listeners	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003 Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 853-856.
1541	2009	Best, C.T., Tyler, M.D., Gooding, T.N., Orlando, C.B. & Quann, C.A.	Development of Phonological Constancy	Psychological Science, v. 20:no.5, pp. 539-542.
996	1995	Best, Catherine T.	A direct realist view of cross-language speech production.	Speech Perception and Linguistic Experience, edited by W. Strange, Baltimore, MD: York Press.
1048	1994	Best, Catherine T.	Développement de la perception des sons de parole de différentes langues au stade préverbal.	Perception de Parole de Différentes Langues para le Bébé.ˆ
890	1994	Best, Catherine T.	The emergence of native-language phonological influences in infants: a perceptual assimilation model.	The Development of Speech Perception: TheTransition from Speech Sounds to Spoken Words, edited by J.C. Goodman and H.C. Nusbaum. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. pp. 167-224.
855	1993	Best, Catherine T.	Emergence of language-specific constraints in perception of non-native speech: a window on early phonological development.	Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and Face Processing in the First Year of Life, edited by B. de Boysson-Bardies et al.
981	1995	Best, Catherine T., McRoberts, Gerald W., LaFleur, Rosemarie, and Silver-Isenstadt, Jean.	Divergent developmental patterns for infants’ perception of two nonnative consonant contrasts.	Infant Behavior and Development, 18, 339-350.
918	1994	Best, Catherine T., Womer, Jane S., and Queen, Heidi Fréya.	Hemispheric asymmetries in adults’ perception of infant emotional expressions.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 20 (4), 751-765.
1688	2011	Best, CT	Using the lens of phonetic experience to resolve phonological forms.
940	1995	Bielamowicz, Steven, McGowan, Richard S., Berke, Gerald S., Kreiman, Jody, Gerratt, Bruce R., and Green, David C.	The effect of gas density on glottal vibration and exit jet particle velocity.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 97 (4), April 1995.
578	1987	Bingham, G. P.	Kinematic Form and Scaling: Further Investigations on the Visual Perception of Lifted Weight.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, Vol. 13, No. 2, 155-177.
775	1991	Bingham, G. P., Schmidt, R. C. and Turvey, M. T., & Rosenblum, L. D.	Task Dynamics and Resource Dynamics in the Assembly of a Coordinated Rhythmic Activity.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 17(2), 359-381.
214	1977	Blechner, M. J.	Left-ear advantage for sounds characterized by a rapidly varying resonance frequency.	Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 9(5), 363-366
198	1976	Blechner, M. J., Day, R. S., & Cutting, J. E	Processing two dimensions of nonspeech stimuli: The auditory-phonetic distinction reconsidered.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 2, 257-266.
26	1958	Bolinger, D. L.	A theory of pitch accent in English.	Word, 14, 110-149.
20	1957	Bolinger, D. L. & Gerstman, L. J.	Disjuncture as a cue to constructs.	Word, 13, 246-255.
158	1973	Bolt, R. H., Cooper, F. S., David, E. E.Jr., Denes, P. B., Pickett, J. M., & Stevens, K. N.	Speaker identification by speech spectrograms: Some further observations.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 54, 531-534.
90	1970	Bolt, R. H., Cooper, F. S., David, E. E.Jr., Denes, P. B., Pickett, J. M., & Stevens, K. N.	Speaker identification by speech spectrograms: A scientists' view of its reliability for legal purposes.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 47, 597-612.
83	1969	Bolt, R. H., Cooper, F. S., David, E. E.Jr., Denes, P. B., Pickett, J. M., & Stevens, K. N.	Identification of a speaker by speech spectrograms.	Science, 166, 338-343.
1607	2010	Bombien, L., Mooshammer, C., Hoole, P., Kuhnert, B.	Prosodic and segmental effects on EPG contact patterns of word-initial German clusters.	Journal of Phonetics, v. 38, pp. 388-403.
446	1983	Borden, G. J.	Initiation versus execution time during manual and oral counting by stutterers.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 26, 389-396.
327	1980	Borden, G. J.	Use of feedback in established and developing speech.	In N. J. Lass (Ed.), Speech and language: Advances in basic research (Vol. III) (pp. 223-242). New York: Academic Press.
267	1979	Borden, G. J.	An interpretation of research on feedback interruption in speech.	Brain and Language, 7, 307-319.
261	1978	Borden, G. J., & Gay, T.	Temporal aspects of articulatory movements for /s/-stop clusters.	Phonetica, 36, 21-31.
244	1978	Borden, G. J., & Gay, T.	On the production of low tongue tip /s/: A case report.	Journal of Communication Disorders, 11, 425-431.
512	1985	Borden, G. J., Baer, T. & Kenney, M. K.	Onset of voicing in stuttered and fluent utterances.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 28, 363-372.
209	1977	Borden, G. J., Dorman, M. F., Freeman, F. J., & Raphael, L. J.	Electromyographic changes with delayed auditory feedback of speech.	Journal of Phonetics, 5, 1-8.
146	1973	Borden, G. J., Harris, K. S., & Catena, L.	Oral feedback II. An electromyographic study of speech under nerve-block anesthesia.	Journal of Phonetics, 1, 297-308.
145	1973	Borden, G. J., Harris, K. S., & Oliver, W.	Oral feedback I. Variability of the effect of nerve-block anesthesia upon speech.	Journal of Phonetics, 1, 289-295.
15	1956	Borst, J. M.	The use of spectrograms for speech analysis and synthesis.	Journal of the Audio Engineering Society, 4, 14-23.
794	1991	Boyce, S. E., Krakow, R. A., & Bell-Berti, F.	Phonological underspecification and speech motor organisation.	Phonology, 8, 216-236.
721	1990	Boyce, S. E., Krakow, R. A., Bell-Berti, F., & Gelfer, C.	Coverging sources of evidence for dissecting articulatory movements into core gestures.	Journal of Phonetics, 18, 173-188.
587	1987	Boyce, S., Browman, C. P., & Goldstein, L.	Lexical Organization and Welsh Consonant Mutations.	Journal of Memory and Language, 26, 419-452.
1652	2011	Brady, S.A.	Efficacy of Phonics Teaching for Reading Outcomes	In Explaining Individual Differences in Reading Theory and Evidence, (Ed.) Brady, S.A., Braze, D. Fowler, C.A., Psychology Press, 2011, pp. 69-96.
1156	1997	Brady, S.A.	Ability to encode phonological representations: An underlying difficulty of poor readers.	In B. Blackman (Ed.), Foundations of reading acquisition and dyslexia: Implications for early intervention. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ. (pp. 2-28).
562	1986	Brady, S.A.	Short-term Memory, Phonological Processing and Reading Ability.	Annals of Dyslexia, Vol. 36, 138-153.
1228	1988	Brady, S.A. & Fowler, A.E.	Phonological Precursors to reading acquisition.	In Malsand, R.A.. & Masland, M.W. (eds.) Preschool Prevention of Reading Failure. pp.204-215. Parkton, MD, York Press.
929	1994	Brady, S.A., Fowler, A.E., Stone, B., and Winbury, N.	Training phonological awareness: a study with inner-city kindegarten children.	Annals of Dyslexia, 44, 26-59.
601	1987	Brady, S.A., Mann, V., & Schmidt, R.	Errors in short-term memory for good and poor readers.	Memory & Cognition, 15(5), 444-453.
707	1990	Brady, S.A., Poggie, E., & Rapala, M. M.	Speech Repetition Abilities in Children Who Differ in Reading Skill.	Language and Speech, 32(2), 109-122.
405	1983	Brady, S.A., Shankweiler, D., & Mann, V.	Speech perception and memory coding in relation to reading ability.	Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 35, 345-367.
1343	2004	Brancazio, L.	Lexical Influences in Audiovisual Speech Perception	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, V. 30: No. 3, pp. 445-463.
1408	2005	Brancazio, L. & Miller, J.L.	Use of visual information in speech perception: Evidence for a visual rate effect both with and without a McGurk effect.	Perception & Psychophysics, V. 67:No. 5, pp. 759-769.
1481	2006	Brancazio, L., Best, C.T. & Fowler, C.A.	Visual Influences on Perception of Speech and Nonspeech Vocal-Tract Events	Language and Speech, V.49, pp. 21-53
1069	1998	Brancazio, Lawrence, and Fowler, Carol A.	On the relevance of locus equations for production and perception of stop consonants.	Perception & Psychophysics, 60 (1), 1998, 24-50.
1330	2004	Braze, D.	Aspectual inflection, verb raising and object fronting in American sign language	Lingua, v. 114, pp. 29-58.
1651	2011	Braze, D., & McRoberts, G.W., McDonough, C.	Early Precursors of Reading-Relevant Phonological Skills	In Explaining Individual Differences in Reading Theory and Evidence, (Ed.) Brady, S.A., Braze, D., Fowler, C.A., Psychology Press, 2011, pp. 23-41.
1620	2011	Braze, D., Mencl, W.E. Tabor, W., Pugh, K.R., Constable, R.T., Fulbright, R.K., Magnuson, J.S., Van Dyke, J.A., & Shankweiler, D.P.	Unification of sentence processing via ear and eye: An fMRI study.	Cortex, 47, 2011, pp. 416-431.
1249	2002	Braze, D., Shankweiler, D., Ni, W. & Palumbo, L.C.	Readers’ eye movements distinguish anomalies of form and content.	Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, Vol. 31, No. 1, 25-44.
1464	2007	Braze, D., Tabor, W., Shankweiler, D.P. & Mencl, W.E.	Speaking Up for Vocabulary: Reading Skill Differences in Young Adults	Journal of Learning Disabilities, V.40:No.3, pp. 226-243.
594	1986	Browman, C. P.	The Hunting of the Quark: The Particle in English.	Language and Speech, Vol. 29, Part 4, 311-334.
546	1985	Browman, C. P. & Goldstein, L. M.	Dynamic Modeling of Phonetic Structure.	Phonetic Linguistics, 35-53.
752	1991	Browman, C. P., & Goldstein, L.	Tiers in articulatory phonology, with some implications for casual speech.	In J. Kingston and M. E. Beckman (eds), Papers in Laboratory Phonology I: Between the Grammar and the Physics of Speech. Cambridge, U. K.: Cambridge University Press. (pp.341-376).
702	1990	Browman, C. P., & Goldstein, L.	Articulatory gestures as phonological units.	Phonology, 6, 201-251.
682	1988	Browman, C. P., & Goldstein, L.	Some Notes on Syllable Structure in Articulatory Phonology.	Phonetica, 45, 140-155.
743	1990	Browman, C. P., & Goldstein, L.	Gestural specification using dynamically-defined articulatory structures.	Journal of Phonetics, 18, 299-320.
740	1990	Browman, C. P., & Goldstein, L.	Representation and reality: physical systems and phonological structure.	Journal of Phonetics, 18, 411-424.
563	1986	Browman, C. P., & Goldstein, L. M.	Towards an articulatory phonology.	Phonology Yearbook, 3, 219-252.
1208	2000	Browman, C.P. & Goldstein, L.	Competing constraints on intergestural coordination and self-organization of phonological structures.	Bulletin de la Communication Parlee, 5 , p.25-34.
546A	1984	Browman, C.P., Goldstein, L., Kelson, J.A.S., Rubin, P.E., & Saltzman, E.	Articulatory synthesis from underlying dynamics.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, v. 75, S22.
969	1995	Browman, Catherine P., and Goldstein, Louis.	Gestural syllable position effects in American English.	Bell-Berti, F., and L.J. Raphael. Producing Speech: Contemporary Issues. For Katherine Safford Harris. AIP Press: New York.
956	1994	Browman, Catherine P., and Goldstein, Louis.	“Targetless” schwa: an articulatory analysis.	Papers in Laboratory Phonology II: Gesture, Segment, Prosody, edited by G.J. Docherty and D.R. Ladd. Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
835	1992	Browman, Catherine P., and Goldstein, Louis.	Articulatory phonology: an overview.	Phonetica, 49, 155-180.
836	1992	Browman, Catherine P., and Goldstein, Louis.	Response to commentaries.	Phonetica, 49, 222-234.
1675	2011	Brunner, J., Ghosh, S., Hoole, P., Matthies, M. Tiede, M. & Perkell, J.	The influence of Auditory Acuity on Acoustic Variability and the Use of Motor Equivalece Durin Adaptation to a Perturbation	Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing research, v. 54, pp. 727-739
1035	1996	Bryant, Nancy Jones, Gracco, Carol, Sasaki, Clarence T.	MRI evaluation of vocal fold paralysis before and after type I thyroplasty.	Laryngoscope, Vol. 106, No. 11, November 1996.
1636	2011	Bundgaard-Nielsen, R.L., Best, C.T., Tyler, M.D.	Vocabulary size matters: The assimilation of second-language Australian English vowels to first-language Japanese vowel categories.	Applied Psycholinguistics, v. 32 2011, pp. 51-67.
1104	1998	Byrd, D., & Saltzman, E.	Journal of Phonetics, 26, 173-199.	Intragestural dynamics of multiple prosodic boundaries.
1132	1999	Byrd, D., Browman, C.P., Goldstein, L. & Honorof, D.N.	Magnetometer and x-ray microbeam comparison.	Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp.627-630). San Francisco, CA.
1170	2000	Byrd, D., Kaun, A., Narayanan, S., & Saltzman, E.	Phrasal signatures in articulation.	In: Broe, M.B., & Pierrehumbert, J.B. (Eds.) Papers in Laboratory Phonology V Acquisition and the Lexicon. Cambridge University Press, London. (pp. 70-87).
1004	1996	Byrd, Dani, and Tan, Cheng Cheng.	Saying consonant clusters quickly.	Journal of Phonetics, 24, 263-282.
1003	1996	Byrd, Dani.	Influences on articulatory timing in consonant sequences.	Journal of Phonetics, 24, 209-244.
1033	1996	Byrd, Dani.	A phase window framework for articulatory timing.	Phonology, 13, 139-169.
330	1981	Carden, G., Levitt, A., Jusczyk, P. W., & Walley, A.	Evidence for phonetic processing of cues to place of articulation: Perceived manner affects perceived place.	Perception & Psychophysics, 29, 26-36.
633	1988	Carello, C. , Lukatela, G., and Turvey, M. T.	Rapid naming is affected by association but not by syntax.	Memory & Cognition, 16(3), 187-195.
493	1984	Carello, C. & Turvey, M. T.	On vagueness and fictions as cornerstones of a theory of perceiving and acting: A comment on Walter.	Cognition and Brain Theory, 7, 247-261.
1256	2002	Carello, C., LeVasasseur, V. M., Schmidt, R. C.	Movement Sequencing and Phonological fluency in (putatively) nonimpaired readers.	Psychological Science, 13, 375-379
504	1985	Carello, C., Turvey, M. T., & Kugler, P. N.	The information support for upright stance. Commentary/Nashner & McCollum: Human postural movement.	The Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 8, 151-152.
468	1984	Carello, C., Turvey, M. T., Kugler, P. N., & Shaw, R. E.	Inadequacies of the computer metaphor.	In M. S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), Handbook of cognitive neuroscience. (pp. 229-248). New York: Plenum.
1384	2005	Carello, C., Wagman, J.B. & Turvey, M.T.	Acoustic Specification of Object Properties	Moving Image Theory - Ecological Considerations, Ed. Joseph D. Anderson & Barbara Fisher Anderson, Southern Illiinois Univ, pp. 79-104.
896	1994	Carello, Claudia, Lukatela, Georgije, and Turvey, M.T.	Lexical involvement in naming does not contravene prelexical phonology: comment on Sebastián-Gallés (1991).	Journal of Exmperimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 20 (1), 192-198.
943	1995	Carello, Claudia, Lukatela, Georgije, Peter, Mira, and Turvey, M.T.	Effects of association, frequency, and stimulus quality of naming words in the presence or absence of pseudowords.	Memory & Cognition, 23 (3), 289-300.
842	1992	Carello, Claudia, Turvey, M.T., and Lukatela, Georgije.	Chapter 12: Can theories of word recongition remain stubbornly nonphonological?	Orthography, Phonology, Morphology, and Meaning, edited by R. Frost and L. Katz. Elsevier Science Publishers, B.V. 211-226.
680	1989	Carlisle, J. F., & Liberman, I. Y.	Does the Study of Latin Affect Spelling Proficiency?	Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 2, 179-191.
1317	2003	Carol Fowler, Julie Brown, Laura Sabadini and Jeffrey Weihing	Rapid access to speech gestures in perception: Evidence from choice and simple response time tasks.	Journal of Memory and Language 49, pp 396-413
1357	2004	Charity, AH., Scarborough, H.S. & Griffin, D.M.	Familiarity with School English in African American Children and Its Relation to Early Reading Achievement	Child Development, September/October 2004, V. 75: No. 5, pp. 1340-1356.
1324	2001	Chen, D.	Evidence for Early Word Order Acquisition in a Variable Word Order Language	Deborah Chen. BULCD 25 Proceedings, ed. Anna H-J. Do et al., pp. 145-156 Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press.
1293	2003	Chen, L.H.	Evidence for the Role of Gestural Overlap in Consonant Place Assimilation	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 2821-2824.
1268	2002	Chen, Y., Repp, B.H., Patel, A.D.	Spectral decomposition of variability in synchronization and continuation tapping: Comparisons between auditory and visual pacing and feedback conditions.	Hunan Movement Science, 21, 515-532
1598	2008	Chitoran, I. and Iskarous, K.	Acoustic Evidence for High Vowel Devoicing in Lezgi	Proceedings of the 8th International Seminar on Speech Production 2008, (Eds.) Sock, R., Fuchs, S., Laprie, Y., Strasbourg, France, pp. 93-96.
187	1975	Collier, R.	Physiological correlates of intonation patterns.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 58, 249-255.
409	1982	Collier, R., Bell-Berti, F., & Raphael, L. J.	Some acoustic and physiological observations on diphthongs.	Language and Speech, 25, 305-323.
282	1979	Collier, R., Lisker, L., Hirose, H., & Ushijima, T.	Voicing in intervocalic stops and fricatives in Dutch.	Journal of Phonetics, 7, 357-373.
1348	2004	Constabel, Todd R., Puigh, Kenneth R., Berroya, Ella, Mencl, Einar W., Westerveld, Michael, Ni, Weijia and Shankweiler, Donald	Sentence complexityand input modality effects in sentence comprehension: an fMRI study	NeuroImage 22 (2004) pp. 11-21
637	1988	Cooper, A. M., Whalen, D. H., Fowler, C. A.	The syllable's rhyme affects its P-center as a unit.	Journal of Phonetics, 16, 231-241.
524	1986	Cooper, Andre Maurice, Whalen, D. H. & Fowler, Carol Ann	P-centers are unaffected by phonetic categorization.	Perception & Psychophysics, 39 (3), 187-196.
2	1950	Cooper, F. S	Spectrum analysis.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 22, 761-762.
1	1950	Cooper, F. S	Guidance devices for the blind.	Physics Today, 3, 6-14.
304	1980	Cooper, F. S.	Acoustics in human communication: Evolving ideas about the nature of speech.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 68, 18-21.
10	1953	Cooper, F. S.	Some instrumental aids to research on speech.	Fourth Annual Round Table Meeting on Linguistics and Language Teaching (pp. 46-53). Washington, DC: Georgetown University.
216	1977	Cooper, F. S.	Observations on speech research: Objectives, Strategies, and some partial answers.	Languages and Linguistics Symposium, Brigham Young University, Utah.
52	1965	Cooper, F. S.	Research techniques and instrumentation: EMG.	Proceedings of the Conference: Communicative Problems in Cleft Palate, ASHA Reports, 1, 153-168.
46	1964	Cooper, F. S.	Instrumental methods for research in phonetics.	Proceedings of the 5th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (Munster) (pp. 142-171). Basel: S. Karger.
42	1963	Cooper, F. S.	Speech from stored data.	Proceedings of the Institute Electrical and Electronic Engineers.
39	1962	Cooper, F. S.	Speech synthesizers.	Proceedings of the 4th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences (Helsinki, 1961). The Hague: Mouton.
111	1971	Cooper, F. S., Abramson, A. S., Sawashima, M., & Lisker, L.	Looking at the larynx during running speech.	Annals of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology, 80, 678.
8	1952	Cooper, F. S., Delattre, P. C., Liberman, A. M., Borst, J. M., & Gerstman, L. J.	Some experiments on the perception of synthetic speech sounds.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 24, 597-606.
455	1984	Cooper, F. S., Gaitenby, J. H., & Nye, P. W. 87.	Evolution of Reading Machines for the Blind: Haskins Laboratories' Research as a Case History.	Journal of Rehabilitation Research and Development, 21, 51-87.
86	1969	Cooper, F. S., Gaitenby, J. H., Mattingly, I. G., & Umeda, N.	Reading aids for the blind: A special case of machine-to-man communication.	IEEE Transactions on Audio and Electroacoustics, 17, 266-270.
3	1951	Cooper, F. S., Liberman, A. M., & Borst, J. M.	The interconversion of audible and visible patterns as a basis for research in the perception of speech.	Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 37, 318-325.
28	1958	Cooper, F. S., Liberman, A. M., Harris, K. S., & Grubb, P. M.	Some input-output relations observed in experiments on the perception of speech.	2nd International Congress of Cybernetics, Namur, Belgium, 930-941.
38	1962	Cooper, F. S., Liberman, A. M., Lisker, L., & Gaitenby, J. H.	Speech synthesis by rules.	Proceedings of the Speech Communication Seminar, Stockholm.
226	1977	Cooper, F. S., Mermelstein, P., & Nye, P. W.	Speech synthesis as a tool for the study of speech production.	In M. Sawashima & F. S. Cooper (Eds.), Dynamic aspects of speech production (pp. 307-322). Tokyo: University of Tokyo Press
1518	2008	Cormier, K., Schembri, A. & Tyrone, M.E.	One hand or two? Nativisation of fingerspelling in ASL and BANZSL.	Sing Language & Linguistics, V.11:No.1(2008), pp. 3-44.
632	1988	Cossu, G., Shankweiler, D., Liberman, I. Y., Katz, L., & Tola, G.	Awareness of phonological segments and reading ability in Italian children.	Applied Psycholinguistics, 9, 1-16.
961	1995	Cossu, G., Shankweiler, D., Liberman, I.Y., and Gugliotta, M.	Visual and phonological determinants of misreadings in a transparent orthography.	Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 7, 237-256.
608	1987	Crain, S.	On performability: structure and process in language understanding.	Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics, Vol. 1, No. 2, 127-145.
819	1992	Crain, S.	A review by Stephen Crain of Theoretical perspectives on language deficits .by Yosef Grodzinsky, Cambridge, Ma:MIT Press, 1990. pp. xviii,192	Language, 68(3), 624-633.
605	1987	Crain, S., & Nakayama, M.	Structure dependence in grammar formation.	Language, Vol. 63, No. 3, 522-543.
784	1991	Crain, S., & Shankweiler, D.	Modularity and Learning to Read.	In Mattingly, I. G., & Studdert-Kennedy, M. (eds.), Modularity and the motor theory of speech perception. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers: Hillsdale, NJ. (pp.375-391).
634	1988	Crain, S., & Shankweiler, D.	Syntactic Complexity and Reading Acquisition.	Chapter in Linguistic Complexity and Text Comprehension: Readability Issues Reconsidered, 167-192. Edited by Alice Davison and Georgia M. Green. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers, Hillsdale, NJ.
782	1990	Crain, S., & Shankweiler, D.	Explaining Failures in Spoken Language Comprehension by Children with Reading Disabilities.	In D. A. Balota, G. B. Flores d'Arcais and K. Rayner (eds.), Comprehension Processes in Reading. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers. (pp.539-555).
1204	2000	Crain, S., Ni, W,, & Shankweiler, D.	Grammatism.	Brain and Language. 77, 294-304
1358	2001	Crain, S., Ni, W. & Shankweiler, D.	Grammatissm	Brain and Language, V. 77, pp. 294-304.
783	1990	Crain, S., Shankweiler, D., Macaruso, P., & Bar-Shalom, E.	Working memory and comprehension of spoken sentences: investigations of children with reading disorder.	In Vallar, G. and Shallice, T. (eds.), Neuropsychological impariments of short-term memory. Cambridge University Press. (pp.477-507).
917	1994	Crain, Stephen, Ni, Weijia, and Conway, Laura.	Learning, parsing, and modularity.	Perspectives on Setence Processing, edited by C. Clifton Jr., L. Frazier, and K. Rayner. Larence Erlbaum, pp. 443-467.
692	1989	Cranney, J., Fowler, C., & Musiek, F.	Duplex Perception: Some Initial Findings Concerning Its Neural Basis.	Brain and Cognition, 9, 48-56.
847	1990	Crowder, Robert G., Serafine, Mary Louise, and Repp, Bruno.	Physical interaction and association by contiguity in memory for the words and melodies of songs.	Memory & Cognition, 18(5), 469-476.
195	1976	Cutting, J. E.	Auditory and linguistic processes in speech perception: Inferences from six fusions in dichotic listening.	Psychological Review, 83, 114-140
169	1975	Cutting, J. E.	Orienting tasks affect recall performance more than subjective impressions of ability to recall.	Psychological Review, 36, 155-158.
180	1975	Cutting, J. E.	Aspects of phonological fusion.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 104, 105-120.
160	1974	Cutting, J. E.	Different speech-processing mechanisms can be reflected in the results of discrimination and dichotic listening tasks.	Brain and Language, 1, 363-373.
162	1974	Cutting, J. E.	Two left-hemisphere mechanisms in speech perception.	Perception & Psychophysics, 16, 601-612.
183	1975	Cutting, J. E. & Day, R. S.	The perception of stop-liquid clusters in phonological fusion.	Journal of Phonetics, 3, 99-113.
203	1976	Cutting, J. E. & Dorman, M. F.	Discrimination of intensity differences carried on formant transitions varying in extent and duration.	Perception and Psychophysics, 20, 101-107.
190a	1975	Cutting, J. E. & Kavanagh, J. F.	On the relationship of speech to language.	ASHA, 17, 500-506
190	1975	Cutting, J. E. & Kavanagh, J. F.	On the relationship of speech to language.	DHEW Publication No. NIH 76-948.
213	1977	Cutting, J. E. & Kozlowski, L. T.	Recognizing friends by their walk: Gait perception without familiarity cues.	Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 9, 353-356.
200	1976	Cutting, J. E., & Rosner, B. S.	Discrimination functions predicted from categories in speech and music.	Perception & Psychophysics, 20, 87-88.
163	1974	Cutting, J. E., & Rosner, B. S.	Categories and boundaries in speech and music.	Perception & Psychophysics, 16, 564-570
206	1976	Cutting, J. E., Rosner, B. S., & Foard, C. F.	Perceptual categories for musiclike sounds: Implications for theories of speech perception.	Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 28, 361-378.
1458	2006	Dahan, D. & Magnuson, J.S.	Spoken Word Recognition	Handbook of Psycholinguistics, Edited by M.J. Traxler & M.A. Gernsbacher, Eds., pp. 249-283.
1506	2008	Darainy, M. & Ostry, D.J.	Muscle cocontraction following dynamics learning.	Experimental Brain Research, V. 190 (2008), pp. 153-163.
1363	2004	Darainy, M., Malfait, N., Gribble, P.L., Towhidkhah, F. & Ostry, D.J.	Learning to Control Arm Stiffness Under Static Conditions	Journal of Neurophysiol, V. 92, pp. 3344-3350.
1442	2006	Darainy, M., Malfait, N., Towhidkhah, F. & Ostry, D.J.	Transfer and durability of acquired patterns of human arm stiffness	Experimental Brain Research, V. 170, pp. 227-237.
1544	2009	Darainy, M., Mattar, A.A.G., & Ostry, D.J.	Effects of Human Arm Impedance on Dynamics Learning and Generalization	Journal of Neurophysiolgy, v. 101, pp. 3138-3168.
1463	2007	Darainy, M., Towhidkhah, F. & Ostry, D.J.	Control of Hand Impedance Under Static Conditions and During Reaching Movement	Journal of Neurophysiol, V.97, pp. 2676-2685.
116	1971	Darwin, C. J.	Dichotic backward masking of complex sounds.	Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 23, 386-392
102	1971	Darwin, C. J.	Ear differences in the recall of fricatives and vowels.	Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 23, 46-62.
119	1972	Darwin, C. J., Turvey, M. T., & Crowder, R. G.	An auditory analogue of the Sperling partial report procedure: Evidence for brief auditory storage.	Cognitive Psychology, 3, 255-267.
1644	2011	Das, T., Padakannaya, P., Pugh, K.R., Singh, N.C.	Neuroimaging reveals dual routes to reading in simultaneous proficient readers of two orthographies	NeuroImage, v. 54, 2011, pp. 1476-1487.
830	1992	Davies, P. O. A. L., McGowan, R. S., & Shadle, C. H.	Practical Flow Duct Acoustics Applied to the Vocal Tract.	In I. R. Titze (ed.), Vocal Fold Physiology: Frontiers in Basic Science. Singular Publishing Group, Inc. San Diego, CA. (pp. 93-142).
1422	2006	Davis, C. & Bryant, P.	Causal connections in the acquisition of an orthographic rule: a test of Uta Frith’s developmental hypothesis	Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, V. 47:No. 8, pp. 849-856.
389	1982	Davis, W. E., & Kelso, J. A. S.	Analysis of invariant characteristics in the motor control of Down's Syndrome and normal subjects.	Journal of Motor Behavior, 14, 194-212.
1527	2008	De Nil, L.F., Beal, D.S., Lafaille, S.J., Kroll, R.M., Crawley, A.P., Gracco, V.L.	The effects of simulated stuttering and prolonged speech on the neural activation patterns of stuttering and nonstuttering adults.	Brain & Language, v. 107, pp. 114-123.
798	1992	Dekle, D. J., Fowler, C. A., Funnell, M. G.	Audiovisual integration in perception of real words.	Perception & Psychophysics, 51(4), 355-362.
5	1951	Delattre, P.	The physiological interpretation of sound spectrograms.	Publications of the Modern Language Association, 66, 864-875.
29	1958	Delattre, P. C.	Les indices acoustiques de la parole: premier rapport.	Phonetica, 2, 108-118.
40	1962	Delattre, P. C.	Le jeu des transitions des formants et la perception des consonnes.	Proceedings of the 4th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences (Helsinki, 1961). The Hague: Mouton.
6	1952	Delattre, P. C., Cooper, F. S., & Liberman, A. M.	Some suggestions for language teaching methods arising from research on the acoustic analysis and synthesis of speech.	Third Annual Round Table Meeting on Linguistics and Language Teaching (Mono. No. 2, pp. 31-47). Washington, DC: Georgetown University.
14	1956	Delattre, P. C., Cooper, F. S., Liberman, A. M., & Gerstman, L. J.	Speech synthesis as a research technique.	Proceedings of the VIIth International Congress of Linguists, (1952), London.
48	1964	Delattre, P. C., Liberman, A. M., & Cooper, F. S.	Formant transitions and loci as acoustic correlates of place of articulation in American fricatives.	Studia Linguistica, 16, 104-121.
12	1955	Delattre, P. C., Liberman, A. M., & Cooper, F. S.	Acoustic loci and transitional cues for consonants.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 27, 769-773.
9	1952	Delattre, P. C., Liberman, A. M., Cooper, F. S., & Gerstman, L. J.	An experimental study of the acoustic determinants of vowel color; observations on one- and two-formant vowels synthesized from spectrographic patterns.	Word 8, 195-210
4	1951	Delattre, P., Liberman, A. M., & Cooper, F. S.	Voyelles synthetiques a' deux formants et voyelles cardinales.	Le Maitre Phonetique, 96, 30-37.
1359	2004	Della-Maggiore, V., Malfait, N, Ostry, D.J. & Paus, T.	Stimulation of the Posterior Parietal Cortex Interferes with Arm Trajectory Adjustments during the Learning of New Dynamics	The Journal of Neuroscience, November, 3, 2004, V. 24: No. 44, pp. 9971-9976.
1586	2009	Derrick, D., Anderson, P., Gick, B., Green, S.	Characteristics of air puffs produced in English “pa”: Experiments and simulations	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, v. 125:no.4, pp. 2272-2281.
1212	2001	Deutsch, A. & Bentin, S.	Syntactic and semantic factors in processing gender agreement in Hebrew: Evidence from ERPS and eye movements.	Journal of Memory and Language 45, 200-224
1375	2005	Deutsch, A. & Frost, R., Pollatsek, A. & Rayner, K.	Morphological parafoveal preview benefit effects in reading: Evidence from Hebrew	Language and Cognitive Processes, 2005, V. 20: No. 1/2, pp. 341-371.
1129	1999	Deutsch, A., Bentin, S. & Katz, L.	Semantic influence on processing gender agreement: Evidence from Hebrew.	Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, Vol. 28, No. 5, 515-535.
1186	2000	Deutsch, A., Frost, R, Pollatske, A., & Rayner, K.	Early morphological effects in word recognition in Hebrew: Evidence from parafoveal preview benefit.	Language and Cognitive Processes, 15(4/5), 487-506.
1093	1998	Deutsch, A., Frost, R., & Forster, K.I.	Verbs and nouns are organized and accessed differently in the mental lexicon: Evidence from Hebrew.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 24,1238-1255.
1021	1996	Deutsch, Avital, and Bentin, Shlomo.	Attention factors mediating syntactic deficiency in reading-disabled children.	Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 634, 386-415.
905	1994	Deutsch, Avital, and Bentin, Shlomo.	Attention mechanisms mediate the syntactic priming effect in auditory word identification.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 28 (5), 595-607.
1654	2011	Diehl, J.J., Frost, S.J., Mencl, W.E. Pugh, K.R.	Neuroimaging and the Phonological Deficit Hypothesis	In Explaining Individual Differences in Reading Theory and Evidence, (Ed.) Brady, S.A., Braze, D. Fowler, C.A., Psychology Press, 2011, pp. 217-237.
1246	2001	Dietrich, J.A. & Brady, S.A.	Phonological representations of adult poor readers: An investigation of specificity and stability.	Applied Psycholinguistics, 22, 383-418.
649	1987	Dixit, R. P., Bell-Berti, F., & Harris, K. S.	Palatoglossus activity during nasal/nonnasal vowels of Hindi.	Phonetica, 44, 210-226.
942	1995	Dooling, Robert J., Best, Catherine T., and Brown, Susan D.	Discrimination of synthetic full-format and sinewave /ra-la/ continua by budgerigars (Melopsittacus undulatus) and zebra finches (Taeniopygia guttata).	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 97 (3), March 1995, 1839-1946.
152	1974	Dorman, M. F.	Auditory evoked potential correlates of speech sound discrimination.	Perception & Psychophysics, 15, 215-220.
155	1974	Dorman, M. F.	Discrimination of intensity differences on format transitions in and out of syllable context.	Perception and Psychophysics, 16, 84-86
167	1974	Dorman, M. F. & Geffner, D. S.	Hemispheric specialization for speech perception in six-year-old black and white children from low and middle socio-economic classes.	Cortex, 10, 171-176.
147	1973	Dorman, M. F. & Hoffman, R.	Short-term habituation of the infant auditory evoked response.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 16, 637-641.
299	1980	Dorman, M. F. & L. J. Raphael	Distribution of acoustic cues for stop consonants place of articulation in VCV syllables.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 67, 1333-1335
191	1975	Dorman, M. F. & Porter, R. J., Jr.	Hemispheric lateralization for speech perception in stutterers.	Cortex, 11, 181-185.
179	1975	Dorman, M. F., Cutting, J. E., & Raphael, L.	Perception of temporal order in vowel sequences with and without formant transitions.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 1, 121-129
225	1977	Dorman, M. F., Kewley-Port, D., Brady, S.A., & Turvey, M. T.	Vowel recognition: Inferences from studies of forward and backward masking.	Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 29, 483-497
329	1980	Dorman, M. F., Raphael, L. J., & Isenberg, D.	Acoustic cues for a fricative-affricate contrast in word-final position.	Journal of Phonetics, 8, 397-405.
271	1979	Dorman, M. F., Raphael, L. J., & Liberman, A. M.	Some experiments on the sound of silence in phonetic perception.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 65, 1518-1532.
221	1977	Dorman, M. F., Studdert-Kennedy, M., & Raphael, L. J.	Stop consonant recognition: Release bursts and formant transitions as functionally equivalent, context-dependent cues.	Perception & Psychophysics, 22, 109-122
1310	2003	Douglas M. Shiller and David Ostry	Control of Articulator Stiffness as a Means to Achieve the Precision Requirements of Speech	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp.443-446
224	1977	Drewnowski, A., & Healy, A. F.	Detection errors on the and and: Evidence for reading units larger than the word.	Memory & Cognition, 5, 636-647
828	1992	Dreyer, L. G., & Katz, L.	An Examination of "The Simple View of Reading".	In Kinzer, C. K.& Leu, D. J. (eds.), Literacy Research, Theory, and Practice: Views From Many Perspectives. The National Reading Conference, Inc: Chicago, IL. (pp.169-175).
885	1993	Dreyer, L. G., Shankweiler, D., & Luke, S. D.	Children's Retention of Word Spellings in Relation to Reading Ability.	In D. J. Leu and C. K. Kinzer (Eds.) Examining Central Issues in Literacy Research, Theory, and Practice: Forty-second Yearbook of The National Reading Conference. (pp.405-412).
936	1995	Driscoll, Brian P., Gracco, Carol, Coelho, Carl, Goldstein, Jonathan, Oshima, Kiyoshi, Tierney, Elizabeth, Sasaki, Clarence T.	Laryngeal function in postpolio patients.	Laryngoscope, 105, January 1995.
517	1985	Edwards, J.	Contextual effects on lingual-mandibular coordination.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 78, 1944-48.
726	1990	Edwards, J., & Harris, K. S.	Rotation and Translation of the Jaw During Speech.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 33, 550-562.
1181	2000	Erickson, D., Abramson, A., Maekawa, K., & Kaburagi, T.	Articulatory characteristics of emotional utterances in spoken English.	Proceedings of the International Conference of Spoken Processing, 2 (pp 365-368). Beijing.
243	1977	Erickson, D., Mattingly, I. G., & Turvey, M. T.	Phonetic activity in reading: An experiment with Kanji.	Language and Speech, 20, 384-403.
817	1992	Faber, A.	Phonemic segmentation as epiphenomenon. Evidence from the history of alphabetic writing.	In P. Downing, S.D. Lima, and Noonan, M. (Eds.). The Linguistics of Literacy, (pp.111-134). John Benjamins Publishing Co. Amsterdam/Philadelphia.
1196	2000	Faber, A. & Vance, T.J.	More acoustic traces of “deleted” vowels in Japanese.	In Nakayama, M. and Quinn, C.J. Jnr. (eds.) Japanese/Korean Linguistics, v.9, (pp.100-113). California, CLSI Publications, 2000.
1613	2010	Faber, A., DiPaolo, M., Best, C.T.	The Peripatetic History of Middle English	In Dennis R. Preston, & Nancy Niedzielski (Eds.), A Reader in Sociophonetics, Mouton de Greuyter is a Division of Walter De Gruyter Inc., Berlin, New York, pp. 15-40
930	1994	Faber, Alice, and Best, Catherine T.	The perceptual infrastructure of early phonological development.	The Reality of Linguistics Rules, edited by S.D. Lima, R.L. Corrigan, and G.K. Iverson. John Benjamins Publishing Company: Amsterdam/Philadelphia, pp. 262-280.
988	1995	Faber, Alice, and Di Paolo, Marianna.	The dsicriminability of nearly merged sounds.	Language Variation and Change, 7, 35-78.
932	1994	Faber, Alice.	Book review: Phonological Development: Models, Research, Implications, edited by C.A. Ferguson, L. Menn, and C. Stoel-Gammon.	Language and Speech, 37 (3), 299-313.
825	1992	Farnetani, E., & Faber, A.	Tongue-jaw coordination in vowel production: Isolated words versus connected speech.	Speech Communication, 11,(4-5), 401-410.
599	1987	Feldman, L.	Phonological and morphological analysis by skilled readers of Serbo-Croatian.	Language Perception and Production, 198-209.
416	1983	Feldman, L. B.	Bi-alphabetism and word recognition.	In D. Rogers & J. Sloboda (Eds.), The acquisition of symbolic skills (pp. 137-147). New York: Plenum Press.
1253	2002	Feldman, L. B. & Prostko, B.	Graded aspects of Morphological Processing: Task and Processing Time.	Brain and Language. 81, 12-27
559		Feldman, L. B., & Fowler, C. A.	The inflected noun system in Serbo-Croatian: Lexical representation of morphological structure.	Memory and Cognition, 15(1), 1-12.
306	1980	Feldman, L. B., & Turvey, M. T.	Words written in Kana are named faster than the same words written in Kanji.	Language and Speech, 23, 141-147.
410	1983	Feldman, L. B., & Turvey, M. T.	Word recognition in Serbo-Croatian is phonologically analytic.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 9, 288-298.
428	1981	Feldman, L. B., Kostic, A., Lukatela, G., & Turvey, M. T.	An evaluation of the "Basic Orthographic Syllabic Structure" in a phonologically shallow orthography.	Psychological Research, 45, 55-72.
607	1987	Feldman, L., B. & Moskovljevic, J.	Repetition Priming Is Not Purely Episodic In Origin.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, Vol. 13, No. 4, 573-581.
497	1985	Feldman, L., Lukatela, G., & Turvey, M. T.	Effects of phonological ambiguity on beginning readers of Serbo-Croatian.	Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 39, 492-510.
1184	2000	Feldman, L.B.	Are Morphological Effects Distinguishable from the effects of shared meaning and shared form?	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition. 6.1431-1444.
754	1991	Feldman, L.B.	The contribution of morphology to word recognition.	Psychological Research, 53, 33-41.
1499	2008	Feldman, L.B. & Basnight-Brown, D.M.	List Context Fosters Semantic Processing: Parallels Between Semantic and Morphological Facilitation When Primes Are Forward Masked	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, V.34:No.3, pp. 680-687.
1207	2001	Feldman, L.B. & Larabee, J.	Morphological Facilitation following prefixed but not Suffixed Primes: Lexical architecture or modality-specific processes?	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance. 27, 680-691.
1161	1999	Feldman, L.B. & Siok, W.W.T.	Semantic radicals in phonetic compounds: Implications for visual character recognition in Chinese.	In: Wang, J., Inhoff, A.W., & Chen, H. (eds.), Reading Chinese script, A cognitive analysis. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ. (pp.18-35).
1159	1999	Feldman, L.B. & Siok, W.W.T.	Semantic radicals contribute to the visual identification of Chinese characters.	Journal of Memory and Language, 40, 559-576.
1201	1999	Feldman, L.B. & Soltano, E.G.	Morphological priming: The role of prime duration, semantic transparency, and affix position.	Brain and Language, 68, 33-39.
1259	2002	Feldman, L.B., Bara-Cikoja, D. & Kostic, A.	Semantic aspects of morphological processing: Transparency effects in Serbian.	Memory & Cognition, 30, 629-636.
1567	2010	Feldman, L.B., Kostić, A., Basnight-Brown, D.M., Durdević, D.F. & Pastizzo, M.J.	Morphological facilitation for regular and irregular verb formations in native and non-native speakers: LIttle evidence for two distinct mechanisms*	Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, doi: 10.1017/S13667289099990459
898	1992	Feldman, Laurie B. and Andjelkovic, Darinka.	Morphological analysis in word recognition.	Orthography, Phonology, Morphology, and Meaning, edited by R. Frost and L. Katz. Elsevier Science Publishers, B.V. pp. 343-361.
1042	1997	Feldman, Laurie B. and Siok, Witina W.T.	The role of component function in visual recognition of Chinese characters.	Journal of Experimental Psychology, 1997, Vol .23, No. 3, 776-781.
907	1994	Feldman, Laurie Beth, and Bentin, Shlomo.	Morphological anaylsis of disrupted morphemes: evidence from Hebrew.	The Quaterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 47a (2), 407-435.
965	1995	Feldman, Laurie Beth, Frost, Ram, and Pnini, Tamar.	Decomposing words into their constituent morphemes: evidence from English and Hebrew.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 21 (4), 947-960.
1346	2004	Feldman, Laurie Beth, Soltano, Emily G., Pastizzo, Matthew J. and Francis, Sarah E.	What do graded effects of semantic transparency reveal about morphological processing?	Brain and Language (2004) 90, pp.17- 30.
914	1994	Feldman, Laurie Beth.	Beyong Orthography and phonology: differences between inflections and derivations.	Journal of Memory and Language, 33, 442-470.
1294	2003	Fels, S.S., Vogt, F., Gick, B., Jaeger, C. & Wilson, I.	User-centred Design for an Open-source 3-D Articulatory Synthesizer	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp.179-183.
1661	2011	Feng, Y., Gracco, V.L., and Max, L.	http://www.haskins.yale.edu/Reprints/HL1661.pdf	Integration of auditory and somatosensory error signals in the neural control of speech movements
1673	2011	Fidalid, B.C. Poudrier, E. & Repp, B.H.	Detecting perturbations in polyrhythms: effects of complexity and attentional strategies	Psychological Research, v. 75(1), January 2011
263	1978	Fischer, F. W., Liberman, I. Y., & Shankweiler, D.	Reading reversals and developmental dyslexia: A further study.	Cortex, 14, 496-510
499	1985	Fischer, F. W., Shankweiler, D., & Liberman, I. Y.	Spelling proficiency and sensitivity to word structure.	Journal of Memory and Language, 24, 423-441.
832	1990	Fischer, Susan, and Lillo-Martin, Diane.	Understanding conjunctions.	International Journal of Sign Linguistics, 1(2).
293	1980	Fitch, H. L., Halwes, T., Erickson, D. M., & Liberman, A. M	Perceptual equivalence of two acoustic cues for stop consonant manner.	Perception & Psychophysics, 27, 343-350.
1369	2004	Fletcher-Flinn, C.M., Shankweiler, D. & Frost, S.J.	Coordination of reading and spelling in early literacy development: An examination of the discrepancy hypothesis	Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, V 17, pp. 617-644.
1314	2003	Florian Vogt, S. Sidney Fels, Bryan Gick, Carol Jaeger	Extensible infrastructure for a 3D face and vocal-tract model	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp.2345-2348
997	1996	Fodor, Janet Dean, Ni, Weijia, Crain, Stephen, and Shanweiler, Donald.	Tasks and timing in the perception of linguistic anomaly.	Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, Vol. 25, No. 1
652	1988	Fowler, A. E.	Grammaticality Judgments and Reading Skill in Grade 2.	Annals of Dyslexia, 38, 73-94.
773	1991	Fowler, A., Epstein, Charles, J. et al.	Protocols to Establish Genotype-Phenotype Correlations in Down Syndrome.	Am. J. Hum. Genet., 49, 207-235.
1220	1998	Fowler, A.E.	The challenge of linguistic mastery in Down Syndrome.	In Hassold, T.J.& Patterson, D. (eds.). Down Syndrome: A Promising Future, Together Vol. 1. pp. 165-182 New York : John Wiley & Sons, Incorporated
1223	1998	Fowler, A.E.	Language in mental retardation: Associations with and dissociations from general cognition.	In:Burack, J.A. & Hodapp, R.M., (eds.). Handbook of mental retardation and development . pp.290-333. New York, NY, Cambridge University Press.
1226	1998	Fowler, A.E.	Determinants or rate of language growth in children with Down syndrome.	In Nadel, L. (ed.) The psychobiology of Down syndrome. Cambridge, Massachusetts, MIT Press.
1222	1995	Fowler, A.E.	Linguistic variability in persons with Down syndrome: Research and Implications.	In Nabel, L. & Rosenthal, D. (eds.). Down Syndrome: Living and Learning in the Community. pp. 121-131. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
1218	1991	Fowler, A.E.	How early phonological development might set the stage for phoneme awareness.	In Brady, S. A. & Shankweiler, D. P. (eds.) Phonological Processes in Literacy: A tribute to Isabelle Y. Liberman. pp 97-117. Mahwah : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Incorporated
1219	1990	Fowler, A.E.	Factors contributing to performance on phoneme awareness tasks in school-aged children,	Haskins Laboratories Status Report on Speech Research, SR-103/104, 137-152.
1216	1995	Fowler, A.E. & Liberman, I. Y.	The role of phonology and orthography in morphological awareness.	In Feldman, LL.B. (ed.) Morphological aspects of language processing. pp. 157-188. Hillsdale, New Jersey, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
1225	1999	Fowler, A.E. & Scarborough, H.S.	Reading Disability.	In Wagner, D.A., Venezky, R.L. & Street, B.V. (eds.) Literacy: An International Handbook. pp. 54-59. Boulder, Westview Press.
1227	1993	Fowler, A.E. & Scarborough, H.S.	Should reading-disabled adults be distinguised from other adults seeking literacy instruction? A review of theory and research.	U.S.; Pennsylvania; National Center on Adult Literacy, Report No: NCAL-TR-93-7
1361	2004	Fowler, A.E. & Swainson, B.	Relationships of Naming Skills to Reading, Memory, and Receptive Vocabulary: Evidence for Imprecise Phonological Representations of Words by Poor Readers	Annals of Dyslexia, V. 54: No. 2, 2004, pp. 247-280.
1214	1995	Fowler, A.E., Doherty, B.J., & Boynton, L.	The basis of reading skill in young adults with Down Syndrome.	In Nadel, L & Rosenthal, D. (eds.): Down Syndrome : Living and Learning in the Community., pp. 182-196. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
796	1991	Fowler, C.	A Book Review. Cognitive Models of Speech Processing. G. T. M. Altman (Ed.). Cambridge: MIT Press,1991. 540 pp.	Language and Speech, 34(2), 177-194.
669	1989	Fowler, C.	Real Objects of Speech Perception: A Commentary on Diehl and Kluender.	Ecological Psychology, 1(2), 145-160.
1423	2006	Fowler, C. A.	Compensation for coarticulation reflects gesture perception, not spectral contrast	Perception & Psychophysics, V. 68:No. 2, pp. 161-177.
887	1993	Fowler, C. A.	Phonological and Articulatory Characteristics of Spoken Language.	In G. Blanken, J. Dittmann, H. Grimm, J. C. Marshall and C- W. Wallesch (eds.) Linguistic Disorders and Pathologies: An International Handbook. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, New York. (pp. 34-46).
604	1987	Fowler, C. A.	Consonant-vowel cohesiveness in speech production as revealed by initial and final consonant exchanges.	Speech Communication, 6, 231-244.
543	1986	Fowler, C. A.	An event approach to the study of speech perception from a direct— realist perspective.	Journal of Phonetics, 14, 3-28.
791	1992	Fowler, C. A.	Vowel duration and closure duration in voiced and unvoiced stops: there are no contrast effects here.	Journal of Phonetics, 20, 143-165.
755	1991	Fowler, C. A.	Auditory perception is not special: We see the world, we feel the world, we hear the world.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 89, 2910-2915.
737	1990	Fowler, C. A.	Calling a mirage a mirage: direct perception of speech produced without a tongue.	Journal of Phonetics, 18, 529-541.
724	1990	Fowler, C. A.	Sound-producing sources as objects of perception: Rate normalization and nonspeech perception.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 88(3), 1236-1249.
688	1989	Fowler, C. A.	Differential Shortening of Repeated Content Words Produced in Various Communicatice Contexts.	Language and Speech, 31, 307-319.
540	1986	Fowler, C. A.	Reply to commentors.	Journal of Phonetics, 14, 149-170.
556	1985	Fowler, C. A.	Current Perspectives on Language and Speech Production: A Critical Overview.	In R. Daniloff (Ed.), Speech Science: Recent advances in speech, hearing and language. Speech , language, and hearing sciences series, Vol. 3, 193-278. San Diego: CA, College-Hill Press.
480	1984	Fowler, C. A.	Segmentation of coarticulated speech in perception.	Perception & Psychophysics, 36, 359-368.
451	1984	Fowler, C. A.	Realism and unrealism: A reply.	Journal of Phonetics, 11, 303-322.
424	1983	Fowler, C. A.	Converging sources of evidence on spoken and perceived rhythms of speech: Cyclic production of vowels in sequences of monosyllabic stress feet.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 112, 386-412.
370	1982	Fowler, C. A.	Reading research—Theory and practice. [Review of Reading research: Advances in theory and practice, Vols. 1 and 2]	Contemporary Psychology, 27, 522-524.
337	1981	Fowler, C. A.	Production and perception of coarticulation among stressed and unstressed vowels.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 46, 127-139.
288	1980	Fowler, C. A.	Coarticulation and theories of extrinsic timing control.	Journal of Phonetics, 8, 113-133
377	1980	Fowler, C. A.	A review article in Errors in linguistic performance: Slips of the tongue, ear, pen and hand edited by V. Fromkin.	Academic Press: New York. (819-840).
262	1979	Fowler, C. A.	"Perceptual centers" in speech production and perception.	Perception & Psychophysics, 25, 375-388.
597	1987	Fowler, C. A.	Perceivers as Realists, Talkers Too: Commentary on Papers by Strange, Diehl et al., and Rakerd and Verbrugge.	Journal of Memory and Language, 26, 574-587.
596	1987	Fowler, C. A. & Housum, J.	Talkers' Signaling of "New" and "Old" Words in Speech and Listeners' Perception and Use of the Distinction.	Journal of Memory and Language, 26, 489-504.
557	1986	Fowler, C. A. & Smith, M. R.	Speech Perception as "Vector Analysis": An Approach to the Problems of Invariance and Segmentation.	In J. S. Perkell and D. H. Klatts (Eds.), Invariance and variability in speech processes, 123-139. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
764	1991	Fowler, C. A., & Dekle, D. J.	Listening With Eye and Hand: Cross-Modal Contributions to Speech Perception.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 17(3), 816-828.
735	1990	Fowler, C. A., & Rosenblum, L. D.	Duplex Perception: A Comparison of Monosyllables and Slamming Doors.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 16(4), 742-754.
872	1993	Fowler, C. A., & Saltzman, E.	Coordination and Coarticulation in Speech Production.	Language and Speech, 36(2,3), 171-195.
439	1981	Fowler, C. A., & Tassinary, L.	Natural measurement criteria for speech: The anisochrony illusion.	In J. Long & A. Baddeley (Eds.), Attention and performance IX. (pp. 521-535). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
347	1980	Fowler, C. A., & Turvey, M. T.	Immediate compensation in bite-block speech.	Phonetica, 37, 306-326.
727	1990	Fowler, C. A., Best, C. T., & McRoberts, G. W.	Young infants' perception of liquid coarticulatory influences on following stop consonants.	Perception & Psychophysics, 48, 559-570.
240	1977	Fowler, C. A., Liberman, I. Y., & Shankweiler, D.	On interpreting the error pattern of the beginning reader.	Language and Speech, 20, 162-173.
500	1985	Fowler, C. A., Napps, S. F., & Feldman, L.	Relations among regular and irregular morphologically related words in the lexicon as revealed by repetition priming.	Memory and Cognition, 13, 241-255.
295	1980	Fowler, C. A., Rubin, P., Remez, R. E., & Turvey, M. T.	Implications for speech production of a general theory of action.	In B. Butterworth (Ed.), Language production (pp. 373-420). New York: Academic Press.
284	1979	Fowler, C. A., Shankweiler, D., & Liberman, I. Y.	Apprehending spelling patterns for vowels: A developmental study.	Language and Speech, 22, 243-252.
614	1988	Fowler, C. A., Whalen, D. H., & Cooper, A. M.	Perceived timing is produced timing: A reply to Howell.	Perception & Psychophysics, 43, 94-98.
352	1981	Fowler, C., Wolford, G., Slade, R., & Tassinary, L.	Lexical access with and without awareness.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 110, 341-362
1650	2011	Fowler, C.A.	How Theories of Phonology May Enhance Understanding of the Role of Phonology in Reading Development and Reading Disability	In Explaining Individual Differences in Reading Theory and Evidence, (Ed.) Brady, S.A., Braze, D., Fowler, C.A., Psychology Press, 2011, pp. 3-19.
1500	2008	Fowler, C.A.	The FLMP STMPed	Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, V. 15:No.2, pp. 458-462.
1601	2007	Fowler, C.A.	Speech produciton.	In The Handbook of Psycholinguistics, (2007). (Ed.) Gaskell, M.G. Oxford University Press, pp. 489-501.
1391	2005	Fowler, C.A.	Parsing coarticulated speech in perception: effects of coarticulation resistance	Journal of Phonetics, V. 33, pp. 199-213.
1340	2004	Fowler, C.A.	Speech as a Supramodal or Amodal Phenomenon	In Gemma A. Calvert, Charles Spence, and Barry E. Stein (Eds.). The Handbook of Multisensory Processes. MIT Press, pp. 189-201.
1271	2003	Fowler, C.A.	Speech Production and Perception	Handbook of Psychology, Vol. 4, Experimental Psychology. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
1248	2001	Fowler, C.A.	Alvin M. Liberman (1917-2000), Obituary.
1110	1999	Fowler, C.A. .	A universal algorithm for pattern recognition? Review of Perceiving Talking Faces by by Dominic W. Massaro. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 494 pp.	Contemporary Psychology APA Review of Books, v.44: no.1, 12-14
1154	2000	Fowler, C.A. & Brown, J.M.	Perceptual parsing of acoustic consequences of velum lowering from information for vowels.	Perception and Psychophysics. 62 (1), 21-32.
1382	2005	Fowler, C.A. & Galantucci, B.	The Relation of Speech Perception and Speech Production	The Handbook of Speech Perception, pp. 633-652.
1142	1999	Fowler, C.A. & Harris, K.S.	Speech research at Haskins Laboratories.	Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp.51-54) San Francisco, CA
1171	2000	Fowler, C.A., & Brancazio, L.	Coarticulation resistance of American English consonants and its effects on transconsanantal vowel-to-vowel coarticulation.	Language and Speech, 43(1), 1-41.
983	1995	Fowler, C.A., and Levy, E.T.	Talker-listener attunements to speech events.	Journal of Contemporary Legal Issues, 6, 305-328.
1190	2000	Fowler, C.A., Brown, J.M. & Mann, V.A.	Contrast effects do not underlie effects of preceding liquids on stop-consonant identification by humans.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 26, (3), 1-12.
1272	2003	Fowler, C.A., Galantucci, B. & Saltzman, E.	Motor Theories of Perception.	The Handbook of Brain Theory and Neural Networks, pp. 705-707. MIT Press
1585	2008	Fowler, C.A., Sramko, V., Ostry, D.J., Rowland, S.A., Hallé, P.	Cross language phonetic influences on the speech of French-English bilinguals.	Journal of Phonetics, v. 36, pp. 649-663.
999	1996	Fowler, Carol A.	Listeners do hear sounds, not tongues.	J. Acoust. SOc. Am., 99 (3), March 1996.
1000	1996	Fowler, Carol A.	Speaking.	Handbook of Perception and Action, Volume 2, edited by Heuer, H. and S. Keele, Academic Press Ltd., pp. 503-560.
976	1995	Fowler, Carol A.	Acoustic and kinematic correlates of contrastive stress accent in spoken English.	Bell-Berti, F. and Raphael, L.J. Producing Speech: Contemporary Issues. For Katerhine Safford Harris. AIP Press: New York.
952	1995	Fowler, Carol A.	Speech production.	Speech, Language, and Communication, edited by J. Miller and P. Eimas. Academic Press, pp. 29-61.
903	1994	Fowler, Carol A.	Invariants, specifiers, cue: an investigation of locus equations as information for place of articulation.	Perception & Psychophysics, 55 (6), 597-610.
913	1994	Fowler, Carol A.	Book review: Coper-Kuhlen, Elizabeth. English Speech Rhythm.	Language and Speech, 37 (1), 67-76.
523	1986	Fowler, Carol A. , Smith, Mary R. & Tassinary, Louis G.	Perception of syllable timing by prebabbling infants.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 79(3), 814-825.
1044	1997	Fowler, Carol A., and Brown, Julie M.	Intrinsic f 0 differences in spoken and sung vowels and their perception by listeners.	Perception & Psychophysics, 59 (5), 1997, 729-738.
1047	1997	Fowler, Carol A., Levy, Elena T., and Brown, Julie M.	Reductions of spoken words in certain discourse contexts.	Journal of Memory and Language, 37, 1997, 24-40.
852	1993	Fowler, Carol A., Treiman, Rebecca, and Gross, Jennifer.	The structure of English syllables and polysyllables.	Journal of Memory and Language, 32, 115-140.
1522	2009	Frank, T.D., Blau, J.J.C., Turvey, M.T.	Nonlinear attractor dynamics in the fundamental and extended prism adaptation paradigm	Physics Letters A, v. 373, pp. 1022-1030
248	1978	Freeman, F. J., & Ushijima, T.	Laryngeal muscle activity during stuttering.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 21, 538-562.
242	1978	Freeman, F. J., Sands, E. S., & Harris, K. S.	Temporal coordination of phonation and articulation in a case of verbal apraxia: A voice onset time study.	Brain and Language, 6, 106-111.
1192	2001	Frost, R, Deutsch, A., Gilboa, O., Tannebaum, M. & Marslen-Wilson, W.	Morphological priming: Dissociation of phonological, semantic, and morphological factors.	Memory & Cognition, 28(8), 1277-1288.
1591	2009	Frost, R.	Reading in Hebrew Versus Reading in English Is There a Qualitative Difference?	n How Children Learn to Read: Current Issues and New Directions In the Integration of Cognition, Neurobiology and Genetics of Reading and Dyslexia Research and Practice, (Ed: Pugh, K.R. & McCardle, P.) pp. 235-254.
781	1991	Frost, R.	Phonetic recoding of print and its effect on the detection of concurrent speech in amplitude-modulated noise.	Cognition, 39, l95-214.
670	1989	Frost, R. & Katz, L.	Orthographic depth and the interaction of visual and auditory processing in word recognition.	Memory & Cognition, 17(3), 302-310.
1235	2001	Frost, R. & Yogev.O.	Orthographic and phonological computation in visual word recognition: evidence from backward masking in Hebrew.	Psychonomic Bulletin & Review. 8, 524-530.
787	1992	Frost, R., & Bentin, S.	Processing Phonological and Semantic Ambiguity: Evidence From Semantic Priming at Different SOAs.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 18(1), 58-68.
1168	2000	Frost, R., & Deutsch, A.	Decomposing Morphologically Complex Words in a Nonlinear Morphology.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition. v.26:no.3, pp.751-765.
1185	2000	Frost, R., & Grainger, J.	Cross-linguistic perspectives on morphological processing: An introduction.	Language and Cognitive Processes, 15 (4/5), 321-328
1282	2002	Frost, R., Ahissar, M., Gotesman, R. & Tayeb	Are phonological effects fragile? The effect of luminance and exposure duration on form priming and phonological priming	Journal of Memory and Language, v. 48, pp. 346-378.
734	1990	Frost, R., Feldman, L. B., & Katz, L.	Phonological Ambiguity and Lexical Ambiguity: Effects on Visual and Auditory Word Recognition.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 16(4), 569-580.
1373	2005	Frost, R., Grainger, J. & Rastle, K.	Current issues in morphological processing: An introduction	Language and Cognitive Processes, 2005, V. 20: No. 1/2, pp. 1-5.
566	1987	Frost, R., Katz, L., & Bentin, S.	Strategies for Visual Word Recognition and Orthographical Depth: A Multilingual Comparison.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, Vol. 13, No. 1, 104-115.
1410	2005	Frost, R., Kugler, T., Deutsch, A., & Forster, K.I.	Orthorgraphic Structure Versus Morphological Structure: Principles of Lexical Organization in a Given Language	Journal of Experiemtnal Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, V. 31:No. 6(2005), pp. 1293-1326.
651	1988	Frost, R.,& Repp, B. H., & Katz, L.	Can speech perception be influenced by simultaneous presentation of print?	Journal of Memory and Language, 27, 741-755.
945	1995	Frost, Ram	Phonological computation and missing vowels: mapping lexical involvement in reading.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memoray, & Cognition, 21 (2), 398-408.
845	1993	Frost, Ram, and Kampf, Michal.	Phonetic recoding of phonologically ambiguous printed words.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition. 19 (1), 23-33.
1045	1997	Frost, Ram, Forster, Kenneth I., and Deutsch, Avital.	What can we learn from the morphology of Hebrew? A masked-priming investigation of morphological representation.	Journal of Experimental Psychology, Vol. 23, No. 4, 1997, 829-856.
1068	1998	Frost, Ram.	Toward a Strong Phonological Theory of Visual Word Recognitiojn: True Issues and False Trails.	Psychological Bulletin, Vol. 123, No. 1, 1998, 71-99.
897	1994	Frost, Ram.	Prelexical and postlexical strategies in reading: evidence from a deep and shallow orthography.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 20 (1), 116-129.
1543	2009	Frost, S.J., Landi, N., Mencl, W.E., Sandak, R., Fulbright, R.K., Tejada, E.T., Jacobsen, L., Grigorenko, E.L., Constable, R.T., Pugh, K.R.	Phonological awareness predicts activation patterns for print and speech.	Annals of Dyslexia (2009), v. 59, pp. 78-97.
1555	2005	Frost, S.J., Mencl, W.E., Sandak, R., Moore, D.L., Rueckl, J.G., Katz, L., Fulbright, R.K, & Pugh, K.R.	A functional magnetic resonance imaging study of the tradeoff between semantics and phonology in reading aloud.	Brain Imaging, v. 16(6), pp. 621-624.
1555	2005	Frost, S.J., Mencl, W.E., Sandak, R., Moore, D.L., Rueckl, J.G., Katz, L., Fulbright, R.K. & Pugh, K.R.	A functional magnetci resonance imaging study of the tradeoff between semantics and phonology in reading aloud.	Brain Imaging, V. 16:No. 6, pp. 621-624.
1378	2005	Frost, S.J., Mencl,W.E., Sandak, R., Moore, D.L., Rueckl, J.G., Katz, L., Fulbright, R.K. & Pugh, K.R.	A functional magnetic resonance imaging study of the tradeoff between semantic and phonology in reading aloud	Brain Imaging, V. 16:No. 6, 25 April, pp. 621-624.
1588	2009	Frost, S.J., Sandak, R., Mencl, W.E., Landi, N., Rueckl, J.G. Katz, L. and Pugh, K.R.	Mapping the Word Reading Circuitry in Skilled and Disabled Readers.	In How Children Learn to Read: Current Issues and New Directions In the Integration of Cognition, Neurobiology and Genetics of Reading and Dyslexia Research and Practice, (Ed: Pugh, K.R. & McCardle, P.) pp. 3-19.
41	1962	Fry, D. B., Abramson, A. S., Eimas, P. D., & Liberman, A. M.	The identification and discrimination of synthetic vowels.	Language and Speech, 5, 171-189.
1559	2009	Fuchs, S. & Koenig, L.L.	Simultaneous measures of electropalatography and intraoral pressure in selected voiceless lingual consonants and consonant sequences of German.	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, v. 126:no. 4, pp. 1988-2001.
254	1979	Fujimura, O., Baer, T., & Niimi, S.	A stereo-fiberscope with a magnetic interlens bridge for laryngeal observation.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 65, 478-480.
1043	1997	Fulbright, Robert K, Shaywitz, Sally E., Shaywitz, Bennett A., Pugh, Kenneth R., Skudlarski, Pawel, Constable, R. Todd, Fletcher, Jack M., Liberman, Alvin M., Shankweiler, Donald P., Katz, Leonard, Lacadie, Cheryl, Bronen, Richard A., Marchione, Karen E., and Gore, John C.	Neuroanatomy of reading and dyslexia.	Nueroimaging, Vol. 6, No. 2, April 1997.
1295	2003	Gafos, A. & Benus, S.	On neutral vowels in Hungarian	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 77-80.
1082	1998	Gafos, D.	Eliminating Long-Distance Consonantal Spreading.	Natural Language and Linguistic Theory . 16, 223-278.
84	1966	Gaitenby, J. H.	The machine conversion of print to speech.	11th Annual Conference on Linguistics, 114-126.
1534	2009	Galantucci, B.	Experimental Semiotics: A New Approach for Studying Communication as a Form of Joint Action.	Topics in Cognitive Science, v.1, pp. 393-410.
1397	2005	Galantucci, B.	An Experimental Study of the Emergence of Human Communication Systems	Cognitive Science, V. 29, pp. 737-767.
1402	2005	Galantucci, B.	Looking for a sign	The Economist, (Science & Technology), Nov 10th, 2005, pp. 86.
1633	2011	Galantucci, B. & Garrod, S.	Experimental Semiotics: a review	Frontiers in Human Neuroscience
1583	2010	Galantucci, B. & Garrod, S.	Experimental semiotics - A new approach for studying the emergency and the evolution of human communication.	Interaction Studies, v. 11:no.1, pp. 1-13.
1515	2008	Galantucci, B. & Steels, L.	The emergence of embodied communication in artificial agents and humans.	In Wachsmuth, I., Lenzen, J., Knoblich, G. Embodied Communication in humans and machines. Oxford Publications.
1584	2010	Galantucci, B. Kroos, C. & Rhodes, T.	The effects of rapidity of fading on communication systems.	Interaction Studies, v.11:no.1, pp. 100-111.
1542	2009	Galantucci, B., Fowler, C.A. & Goldstein, L.	Perceptuomotor compatibility effects in speech	Attention, Perception & Psychophysics (2009) v. 5, pp. 1138-1149
1430	2006	Galantucci, B., Fowler, C.A. & Turvey, M.T.	Theoretical and Review Articles - The motor theory of speech perception reviewed	Psychonomic Bulletin & Review
1397a	2001	Galantucci, B., Fowler, C.A. & Turvey, M.T.	Event coding as feature guessing: The lessons of the motor theory of speech perception.	Behavioral and Brain Sciences, V. 24:No. 5, pp. 886-887.
1533	2009	Galantucci, B., Sebanz, N.	Joint Action: Current Perspectives	Topics in Cognitive Science, v. 1, pp. 255-259.
60	1965	Garding, E. & Abramson, A. S.	A study of the perception of some American English intonation contours.	Studia Linguistica, XIX, 61-79.
231	1978	Gay, T.	Effect of speaking rate on vowel formant movements.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 63, 223-230.
98	1970	Gay, T.	Effects of filtering and vowel environment on consonant perception.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 48, 993-998.
220	1977	Gay, T.	Articulatory movements in VCV sequences.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 62, 183-193
164	1974	Gay, T.	A cinefluorographic study of vowel production.	Journal of Phonetics, 2, 255-266.
94	1970	Gay, T.	A perceptual study of American English diphthongs.	Language and Speech, 13, 65-88.
77	1968	Gay, T.	Effect of speaking rate on diphthong formant movements.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 44, 1570-1573.
106	1971	Gay, T. & Harris, K. S.	Some recent developments in the use of electromyography in speech research.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 14, 241-246.
227	1977	Gay, T. J.	Cinefluorographic and electromyographic studies of articulatory organization.	In M. Sawashima & F. S. Cooper (Eds.), Dynamic aspects of speech production (pp. 85-105). Tokyo: University of Tokyo Press.
142	1973	Gay, T., & Hirose, H.	Effect of speaking rate on labial consonant production: A combined electromyographic/high speed motion picture study.	Phonetica, 27, 44-56.
118	1972	Gay, T., Hirose, H., Strome, M., & Sawashima, M.	Electromyography of the intrinsic laryngeal muscles during phonation.	Annals of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology, 81, 401-409.
148	1974	Gay, T., Ushijima, T., Hirose, H., & Cooper, F. S	Effect of speaking rate on labial consonant-vowel articulation.	Journal of Phonetics, 2, 47-63.
201	1976	Geffner, D. S., & Dorman, M. F.	Hemispheric specialization for speech perception in four-year-old children from low and middle socioeconomic classes.	Cortex, 12, 71-73.
699	1989	Gelfer, C. E., Bell-Berti, F., & Harris, K.S.	Determining the extent of coarticulation: Effects of experimental design.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 86(6), 2443-2445.
1547	2009	Geng, C. & Mooshammer, C.	How to stretch and shrink vowel systems: Results from a vowel normalization procedure.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, v. 125(5), 2009, pp. 3278-3288.
1327a	2003	Gick, B.	Articulatory correlates of ambisyllabicity in English glides and liquids	Phonetic Interpretation - Papers in Laboratory Phonology VI, edited by John Local, Richard Ogden & Rosalind Temple, pp. 222-236.
1274a	2002	Gick, B.	An X-Ray Investigation of Pharyngeal Constriction in American English Schwa	Phonetica 2002, v. 59, pp. 38-48.
1274b	2002	Gick, B.	The use of ultrasound for linguistic phonetic fieldwork	Journal of the International Phonetic Association, v:32:no.2, p. 113-121
1274c	2002	Gick, B.	The American Intrusive L	American Speech, v. 77:no. 2(Summer), pp. 167-183.
1133	1999	Gick, B.	The organization of segment-internal gestures.	Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp.1789-1792). San Francisco, CA.
1296	2003	Gick, B. & Campbell, F.	Intergestural Timing in English /r/	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 1911-1914.
1595	2006	Gick, B. and Wilson, I.	Excrescent schwa and vowel laxing: Cross-linguistic responses to conflicting articulatory targets.	Papers in Laboratory Phonology VIII, in Louis M. Goldstein, D.H. Whalen & Catherine T. Best, Berline: Mouton de Gruyter, 2006.
1596	2008	Gick, B. Bernhardt, B.M., Bacsfalvi, P. and Wilson, I.	Ultrasound imaging applications in second language acquisition.	Phonology and Second Language Acquisition, v. 36, pp. 309-322.
1580	2009	Gick, B., & Derrick, D.	Aero-tactile integration in speech perception.	Nature, v. 462:no.26, pp. 502-504.
1395	2005	Gick, B., Bird, S. & Wilson, I.	Techniques for field application of lingual ultrasound imaging	Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics, V. 19:No. 6/7, pp. 503-514.
1578	2006	Gick, B., Campbell, F., Oh, S., Tamburri-Watt, L.	Toward universals in the gestural organization of syllables: A cross-linguistic study of liquids.	Journal of Phonetics, v. 34, pp. 47-72.
1327	2003	Gick, B., Iskarous, K., Whalen, D.H. & Goldstein, L.	Constraints on Variation in the Production of English /r/	In S. Palethorpe & M.Tabain (Eds.), Proceedings of the 6th International Seminar on Speech Production, pp. 73-78.
1579	2008	Gick, B., Jóhannsdóttir, K.M., Gibraiel, D., Mühlbauer, J.	Tactile enhancement of auditory and visual speech perception in untrained perceivers.	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, v. 123(4), Express Letters
1394	2004	Gick, B., Wilson, I. Koch, K. & Cook, C.	Language-Specific Articulatory Settings: Evidence from Inter-Utterance Rest Position	Phonetica, V. 61, pp. 220-233.
1166	1999	Gick, Bryan	A gesture-based account of intrusive consonants in English.	Phonology, 16, 29-54.
1274	2002	Gick,B., Kang, A.M. & Whalen, D.H.	MRI evidence for commonality in the post-oral articulations of English vowels and liquids.	Journal of Phonetics, v.30 pp. 357-371.
1215	2000	Gipstein, M., Brady, S.A. & Fowler, A.E.	Questioning the role of syllables and Rimes in early phonological awareness.	In Badain, N.A. (ed.) Prediction and Prevention of Reading Failure. pp.177-216. Baltimore, Maryland, York Press Inc.
662	1989	Gladstone, M. & Best, C. T., & Davidson, R.	Anomalous Bimanual Coordination Among Dyslexic Boys.	Developmental Psychology, 25 (2), 236-246.
627	1988	Goldblum, N. & Frost, R.	The crossword puzzle paradigm: The effectiveness of different word fragments as cues for the retrieval of words.	Memory & Cognition, 16(2), 158-166.
1297	2003	Goldstein, L.	Emergence of discrete gestures	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 85-88.
683	1989	Goldstein, L.	On the domain of the quantal theory.	Journal of Phonetics, 17, 91-97.
1318	2003	Goldstein, L. & Fowler, C.	Articulatory Phonology: A phonology for public language use	In Schiller, N.O. & Meyer, A.S. (eds.) Phonetics and Phonology in Language Comprehension and Production, pp.159-207 Mouton de Gruyter 2003
1452	2007	Goldstein, L. & Rubin, P.	Speech Dances of the Vocal Tract	Odyssey Magazine, V. 16:No.1, pp. 14-15.
550	1986	Goldstein, L., & Browman, C. P.	Representation of voicing contrasts using articulatory gestures.	Journal of Phonetics, 14, 339-342.
869	1993	Goodell, E.W., & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Acoustic Evidence for the Development of Gestural Coordination in the Speech of 2-Year-Olds: A Longitudinal Study.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 36, 707-727.
848	1992	Goodell, Elizabeth W., and Sachs, Jacqueline.	Direct and indirect speech in English-speaking children’s retold narratives.	Discourse Processes, 15, 395-422.
401	1983	Goodman, D., & Kelso, J. A. S.	Exploring the functional significance of physiological tremor: A biospectroscopic approach.	Experimental Brain Research, 49, 419-431.
319	1980	Goodman, D., & Kelso, J. A. S.	Are movements prepared in parts? Not under compatible (naturalized) conditions.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 109, 475-495.
1648	2011	Gordon, J.B., Levin, R.J., Mazure, C.M., Rubin, P.E., Schaller, B.R., Young, J.L.	Social Contexts Influence Ethical Considerations of Research	The American Journal of Bioethics, v. 11(5), pp. 24-30
685	1989	Gracco, C., & Kahane, J. C.	Age-Related Changes in the Vestibular Folds of the Human Larynx: A Histomorphometric Study.	Journal of Voice, 3(3), 204-212.
655	1988	Gracco, V. L.	Timing Factors in the Coordination of Speech Movements.	The Journal of Neuroscience, 8(12), 4628-4639.
748	1991	Gracco, V. L.	Characteristics of Speech as a Motor Control System.	In Cerebral Control of Speech and Limb Movements (3-28). G. E. Hammond (ed.). Elsevier Science Publishers B.V. (North-Holland).
600	1987	Gracco, V. L.	Multilevel Control Model for Speech Motor Activity.	In Speech Motor Dynamics in Stuttering. H. F. M. Peters, W. Hulstijn (eds.).
679	1989	Gracco, V. L. & Abbs, J. H.	Sensorimotor characteristics of speech motor sequences.	Experimental Brain Research, 75, 586-598.
624	1986	Gracco, V. L. and Abbs, J. H.	Variant and invariant characteristics of speech movements.	Experimental Brain Research, 65, 156-166.
623	1985	Gracco, V. L. and Abbs, J. H.	Dynamic Control of the Perioral System During Speech: Kinematic Analyses of Autogenic and Nonautogenic Sensorimotor Processes.	Journal of Neurophysiology, Vol. 54, No. 2, 418-432.
647	1988	Gracco, V. L., & Abbs, J. H.	Central patterning of speech movements.	Experimental Brain Research, 71, 515-526.
625	1988	Gracco, V. L., & Abbs, J. H.	Programming and Execution Processes of Speech Movement Control: Potential Neural Correlates.	In Chapter in Motor and Sensory Processes of Language, edited by E. Keller & M. Gopnik, Hillsdale, NJ:Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. pp. 163-201.
1113	1997	Gracco, V.L.	A neuromotor perspective on speech production.	In Hulstijn, W., Peters, H.F.M., & Van Lieshout, P.H.H.M. (eds.), Speech Production: Motor Control, Brain Research and Fluency Disorders, pp. 38-56. Elsevier.
1435	2005	Gracco, V.L., Tremblay, P. & Pike, B.	Imaging speech production using fMRI	NeuroImage, V. 26, pp. 294-301.
977	1995	Gracco, Vincent L.	Central and peripheral components in the control of speech movements.	Bell-Berti, F. and Raphael, L.J. Producing Speech: Contemporary Issues. For Katerhine Safford Harris. AIP Press: New York.
899	1994	Gracco, Vincent L.	Someorganizational characteristics of speech movement control.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 37, 4-27, February 1994.
926	1994	Gracco, Vincent L., and Löfqvist, Anders.	Speech motor coordination and control: evidence from lip, jaw, and laryngeal movements.	The Journal of Neuroscience, 14 (11), November 1994, 6585-6597.
893	1993	Gracco, Vincent L., and Nye, Patrick W.	Magnetometry in speech articulation research: some misadventures on the road to enlightenment.	Proceedings of the ACCOR Workshop on Electromagnetic Articulography in Phonetic Research, 91-104. München, Germany.
1023	1996	Gracco, Vincent L., Löfqvist, Anders, Ramsay, James O., Munhall, Kevin G., and Ostry, David J.	Characteristics of speech movements.	1st ESCA Tutorial and Research Workshop on Speech Production Modeling - 4th Speech Prudction Seminar.
1008	1991	Gracco, Vincent.	Sensorimotor mechanisms in speech motor control.	Speech Motor Control and Stuttering, edited by Peters, Hulstijn and Starkweather, editors, Elsevier Sciene Publishers B.V.
1153	1998	Gribble, P.L., Ostry, D.J., Sanguineti, V. & Laboissiere, R.	Are complex control signals required for human arm movement?	Journal of Neurophysiology. 79,1409-1424.
1036	1997	Gronau, Nurit, and Frost, Ram.	Prelexical phonologic computation in a deep orthography: evidence from backward masking in Hebrew.	Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 4 (1), 1997, 107-112.
514	1985	Gurjanov, M., Lukatela, G., Lukatela, K., Savic, M. & Turvey, M. T.	Grammatical priming of inflected nouns by the gender of possessive adjectives.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition. 11, 4, pp.692-701.
491	1985	Gurjanov, M., Lukatela, G., Moskovljevic, J., Savic, M., & Turvey, M. T.	Grammatical priming of inflected nouns by inflected adjectives.	Cognition, 19, 55-71.
1066	1997	Gussenhoven, C., Repp, B.H., Rietveld, A., Rump, H.H., and Terken, J.	The perceptual prominence of fundamental frequency peaks.	J. Acoustic Soc. Am., 102 (5), November 1997.
1319	2003	Guy C. Van Orden, John G. Holden, Michael T. Turvey	Self-Organiztion of Cognitive Performance	Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 2003, Vol. 132,No. 3, pp. 331-350
59	1964	Hadding-Koch, K. & Abramson, A. S.	Duration versus spectrum in Swedish vowels: Some perceptual experiments.	Studia Linguistica, XVIII, 94-107.
56	1964	Hadding-Koch, K. & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Intonation contours evaluated by American and Swedish subjects.	Proceedings of the 5th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, 326-331.
55	1963	Hadding-Koch, K. & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	A study of semantic ad psychological test responses to controlled variations in fundamental frequency.	Studia Linguistica, XVII, 65-76.
51	1964	Hadding-Koch, K., & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	An experimental study of some intonation contours.	Phonetica, 11, 175-185
73	1968	Haggard, M. P. & Mattingly, I. G.	A simple program for synthesizing British English.	IEEE Transactions on Audio and Electroacoustics, 16, 95-99.
758	1991	Haggard, P.	Task Coordination in Human Prehension	Journal of Motor Behavior, 23(1), 25-37.
544	1986	Haji, T., Horiguchi, S., & Baer, T.	Frequency and amplitude perturbation analysis of electroglottograph during sustained phonation.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 80, 58-62.
496	1985	Haken, H., Kelso, J. A. S., & Bunz, H.	A theoretical model of phase transitions in human hand movements.	Biological Cybernetics, 51, 347-356.
1134	1999	Hallé, P., Best, C. & Levitt, A.	The perception of American English approximants by French native speakers.	Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp.905-908). San Francisco, CA.
1298	2003	Hallé, P., Best, C.T. & Bachrach, A.	Perception of /dl/ and /tl/ clusters: A cross-linguistic perceptual study with French and Israeli listeners	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 2893-2896.
1484	2007	Hallé, P.A. & Best, C.T.	Dental-to-velar perceptual assimilation: A cross-linguistic study of the perception of dental stop+/l/ clusters	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, V. 121:No. 5, pp. 2899-2914.
1172	1999	Hallé, P.A., Best, C.T., & Levitt, A.	Phonetic vs. phonological influences on French listeners’ perception of American English approximants.	Journal of Phonetics. 27, 281-306.
706	1990	Hanson, V. L.	Phonology and Reading: Evidence from Profoundly Deaf Readers.	In D. Shankweiler & I. Y. Liberman (Eds.), Phonology and Reading Disability: Solving the Reading Puzzle. (1989). IARLD Research Mongraph Series. Ann Arbor: Univeristy of Michigan Press
532	1986	Hanson, V. L.	Access to Spoken Language and the Acquisition of Orthographic Structure: Evidence from Deaf Readers.	The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38A, 193- 212.
417	1983	Hanson, V. L.	The reading process: Cognitive and psycholinguistic perspectives.	Contemporary Psychology, 28, 550-551.
390	1982	Hanson, V. L.	Use of orthographic structure by deaf adults: Recognition of fingerspelled words.	Applied Psycholinguistics, 3, 343-356.
385	1982	Hanson, V. L.	Short-term recall by deaf signers of American Sign Language: Implications of encoding strategy for order recall.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 8, 572-583.
333	1981	Hanson, V. L.	Processing of visual and auditory words: Evidence for common coding.	Memory & Cognition, 9, 93-100.
384	1982	Hanson, V. L., & Bellugi, U.	On the role of sign order and morphological structure in memory for American Sign Language sentences.	Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 21, 621-633.
645	1989	Hanson, V. L., & McGarr, N. S.	Rhyme Generation by Deaf Adults.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 32, 2-11.
533	1985	Hanson, V. L., & Wilkenfeld, D.	Morphophonology and lexical organization in deaf readers.	Language and Speech, Vol. 28, Part 3, 269-280.
756	1991	Hanson, V. L., Goodell, E. W., & Perfetti, C. A.	Tongue-Twister Effects in the Silent Reading of Hearing and Deaf College Students.	Journal of Memory and Language, 30, 319-330.
453	1984	Hanson, V. L., Liberman, I.Y., & Shankweiler, D.	Linguistic coding by deaf children in relation to beginning reading success.	Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 37, 378-393.
434	1983	Hanson, V. L., Shankweiler, D., & Fischer, F. W.	Determinants of spelling ability in deaf and hearing adults: Access to linguistic structure.	Cognition, 14, 323-344.
671	1989	Hanson, V.L. & Feldman, L.B.	Language specificity in lexical organization: Evidence from deaf signers' lexical organization of American Sign Language and English.	Memory & Cognition, 17(3), 292-301.
584	1987	Hanson, Vicki L. & Fowler, Carol A.	Phonological coding in word reading: Evidence from hearing and deaf readers.	Memory & Cognition, 15(3), 199-207.
1158	1997	Harriet S . Magen	The extent of vowel-to-vowel coarticulation in English.	Journal of Phonetics, 25 , 187 – 205
23	1958	Harris, K. S.	Cues for the discrimination of American English fricatives in spoken syllables.	Language and Speech, 1, 1-7.
396a	1982	Harris, K. S.	Electromyography as a technique for laryngeal investigation.	Conference on the assessment of vocal pathology, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD, April 1979. ASHA Reports, 11, 70-86.
259	1978	Harris, K. S.	Vowel duration change and its underlying physiological mechanisms.	Language and Speech, 21, 354-361.
228	1977	Harris, K. S.	The study of articulatory organization: Some negative progress.	In M. Sawashima & F. S. Cooper (Eds.), Dynamic aspects of speech production. Tokyo: University of Tokyo Press, 71-82
120	1972	Harris, K. S.	Silent articulation. Book Review.	Science, 176, 1114-1115.
114	1971	Harris, K. S.	Children's language development and articulatory breakdown.	In D. L.Horton & J. J. Jenkins (Eds.), Perception of Language (pp. 207-215). Columbus, OH: Charles E. Merrill.
100	1970	Harris, K. S.	Physiological measures of speech movements: EMG and fiberoptic studies.	ASHA Reports, 5, 271-282.
437	1984	Harris, K. S., & Bell-Berti, F.	On consonants and syllable boundaries.	In L. Raphael, C. R. Raphael, & M. R. Valdovinos (Eds.), Language and Cognition (pp. 89-95). New York: Plenum.
24	1958	Harris, K. S., Hoffman, H. S., Liberman, A. M., Delattre, P. C., & Cooper, F. S.	Effect of third-formant transitions on the perception of the voiced stop consonants.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 30, 122-126.
58	1965	Harris, K. S., Lysaught, G. S., & Schvey, M. M.	Some aspects of the production of oral and nasal stops.	Language and Speech, 8, 135-147.
50	1964	Harris, K. S., Rosov, R., Cooper, F. S., & Lysaught, G. F.	A multiple suction electrode system.	Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 17, 698-700.
513	1985	Harris, K. S., Rubin-Spitz, J. & McGarr, N. S.	The role of production variability in normal and deviant developing speech.	Proceedings of the Conference on the Planning and Production of Speech in Normal and Hearing-Impaired Individuals. ASHA Reports, 15. (pp. 50-57).
1493	2008	Hartinger, M., Mooshammer, C.	Articulatory Variability in Cluttering	Folia Phoniatrica et Logopaedica, V. 60, pp. 64-72.
472	1984	Hawkins, S.	On the development of Motor Control in Speech: Evidence from studies of temporal coordination.	Speech and Language: Advances in Basic Research and Practice, II, 317-374.
495	1985	Hawkins, S. & Stevens, K.N.	Acoustic and perceptual correlates of the non-nasal-nasal distinction for vowels.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 77, 1560-1575.
197	1976	Healy, A. F., & Cutting, J. E.	Units of speech perception: Phoneme and syllable.	Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 15, 73-83.
290	1980	Healy, A. F., & Levitt, A. G.	Accessibility of the voicing distinction for learning phonological rules.	Memory & Cognition, 8, 107-114.
245	1978	Healy, A. F., & Levitt, A. G.	The relative accessibility of semantic and deep structure syntactic concepts.	Memory & Cognition, 6, 518-526.
364	1982	Healy, A. F., & Repp, B. H.	Context and phonetic mediation in categorical perception.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 8, 68-80.
386	1982	Henderson, J. B., & Repp, B. H.	Is a stop consonant released when followed by another stop consonant?	Phonetica, 39, 71-82.
1431	2005	Hindson, B., Byrne, B., Fielding-Barnsley, R., Newman, C. Hine, D.W. & Shankweiler, D.	Assessment and Early Instruction of Preschool Children at Risk for Reading Disability	Journal of Educational Psychology, V. 97:No.4, pp. 687-704.
112	1971	Hirose, H.	The activity of the adductor laryngeal muscles in respect to vowel devoicing in Japanese.	Phonetica, 23, 156-170.
141	1973	Hirose, H., & Gay, T.	Laryngeal control in vocal attack. An electromyographic study.	Folia Phoniatrica, 25, 203-213
126	1972	Hirose, H., & Gay, T.	The activity of the intrinsic laryngeal muscles in voicing control.	Phonetica, 25, 140-164
153	1974	Hirose, H., Lee, C. Y., & Ushijima, T.	Laryngeal control in Korean stop production.	Journal of Phonetics, 2, 145-152
27	1958	Hoffman, H. S.	Study of some cues in the perception of the voiced stop consonants.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 30, 1035-1041.
1466	2007	Hogden, J., Rubin, P., McDermott, E., Katagiri, S., Goldstein, L.	Inverting mappings from smooth paths through Rn to paths through Rm: A technique applied to recovering articulation from acoustics.	Speech Communication, V. 49, pp. 361-383.
1030	1996	Hogden, John, Löfqvist, Andres, Gracco, Vince, Zlokamik, Igor, Rubin, Philip, and Saltzman, Elliot.	Accurate recovery of articulator positions from acoustics: new conclusions based on human data.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 100 (3), September 1996.
1005	1996	Hogden, John, Rubin, Philip, and Saltzman, Elliot.	An unsupervised method for learning to track tongue position from an acoustic signal.	Bulletin de la communication parlée, No. 3, 101-116
1532	2009	Holden, J.G., Van Orden, G.C., Turvey, M.T.	Dispersion of Response Times Reveals Cognitive Dynamics	Psychological Review, v. 116: no. 2, pp. 318-342.
62	1964	Holmes, J. N., Mattingly, I. G., & Shearme, J. N.	Speech synthesis by rule.	Language and Speech, 7, 127-143.
1334	2004	Honorof, D.N.	Articulatory Events are Given in Advance	In Victor H. Yngve and Zdzislaw Wasik (Eds.). (2004) Hard-Science Linguistics, Continuum, pp. 67-86.
1285	2003	Honorof, D.N.	Reference Vowels and Lexical Sets in Accent Acquisition	In R.Dal Vera (ed.), Voice and Speech Review: Film, Broadcast and e-Media Coaching and Other Contemporary Issues in Professional Voice and Speech Training, pp. 106-122. Cincinnati, OH: Voice and Speech Trainers Association, Inc.
1288	2003	Honorof, D.N.	Articulatory Evidence for Nasal De-occlusivization in Castilian	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain, August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona.
1135	1999	Honorof, D.N.	Effects of imitation on the articulation of challenging speech targets. .	Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp.1141-1144). San Francisco, CA.
1414	2006	Honorof, D.N. & Feldman, L.	The Chinese character in psycholinguistic research: form, structure, and the reader	The Handbook of East Asian Psycholinguistics, V. I Chinese, Edited by: Ping Li, Li Hai Tan, Elizabeth Bates and Ovid J. L. Tzeng, Cambridge University Press (2006)
1616	2010	Honorof, D.N. & Whalen, D.H.	Identification of speaker sex from one vowel across a range of fundamental frequencies	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, v. 128(5), 2010, pp. 3095-3104.
1385	2005	Honorof, D.N. & Whalen, D.H.	Perception of pitch location within a speaker’s F0 range	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, V. 117:No. 4, pp. 2193-2200.
1263	1995	Honorof, D.N., & Browman, C.P.	The center of edge: How are consonant clusters organized with respect to the vowel?	The center of edge: How are consonant clusters organized with respect to the vowel? In K. Elenius & P. Branderud (Eds.), Proceedings of the XIIIth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. (pp.552-555). Stockholm: KTH and Stockholm University.
1619	2010	Honorof, D.N., Weihing, J., Fowler, C.A.	Articulatory events are imitated under rapid shadowing	Journal of Phonetics, v.39, 2011, pp. 18-38.
582	1987	Horiguchi, S., & Bell-Berti, F.	The Velotraces: A Device for Monitoring Velar Position.	Cleft Palate Journal, Vol. 24, No. 2, 104-111.
137	1972	Howie, J. M.	Some experiments on the perception of Mandarin tones.	Proceedings of the 7th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp. 900-904). The Hague: Mouton.
72	1968	Huntington, D., Harris, K. S., & Sholes, G.	An electromyographic study of consonant articulation in hearing-impaired and normal speakers.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 11, 147-158.
166	1975	Ingemann, F. & Mermelstein, P.	Speech recognition through spectrogram matching.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 57, 253-255.
1477	8007	Irwin, J.R.	Auditory and Audiovisual Speech Perception in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders	Acoustics Today, V. 3:No.4, pp. 8-15.
1649	2011	Irwin, J.R., Brancazio, L., Tornatore, L.A., Whalen, D.H.	Can Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders “Hear” a Speaking Face?	Child Development, 2011, pp. 1-7
1647	2011	Irwin, J.R., Frost, S.J., Mencl, W.E., Chen, H., Fowler, C.A.	Functional activation for imitation of seen and heard speech	Journal of Neurolinguistics, pp 1-8
1426	2006	Irwin, J.R., Whalen, D.H. & Fowler, C.A.	A sex difference in visual influence on heard speech	Perception & Psychophysics, V. 68:No. 4, pp. 582-592.
1608	2010	Iskarous, K.	Vowel constrictions are recoverable from formants	Journal of Phonetics, v. 38, pp. 375-387.
1390	2005	Iskarous, K.	Detecting the edge of the tongue: A tutorial	Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics, Sept-Nov 2005; V. 19:No. 6/7, pp. 555-565.
1400	2005	Iskarous, K.	Patterns of tongue movement	Journal of Phonetics, V. 33, pp. 363-381.
1329	2003	Iskarous, K.	Task Dynamics of the Tongue	In S. Palethorpe & M. Tabain (Eds.), Proceedings of the 6th International Seminar on Speech Production, pp. 107-112. Sydney: Macquarie University.
1658	2010	Iskarous, K., Fowler, C.A., and Whalen, D.H.	Locus equations are an acoustic expression of articulator synergy	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, 128(4), October 2010, pp. 2021-2032.
1299	2003	Iskarous, K., Goldstein, L.M., Whalen, D.H., Tiede, M.K. & Rubin, P.E.	CASY: The Haskins Configurable Articulatory Synthesizer	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 185-188.
1604	2010	Iskarous, K., Nam, H. & Whalen, D.H.	Perception of articulatory dynamics from acoustic signatures	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, v. 127(6), pp. 3717-3728.
1623	2010	Iskarous, K., Shadle, C.H., & Proctor, M.I.	Articulatory-acoustic kinematics: The production of American English /s/	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, v. 129(2), pp. 944-954.
1599	2008	Iskarous, K., Shadle, C.H., Proctor, M.	Evidence for the Dynamic Nature of Fricative Production: American English /s/.	Proceedings of the 8th Internatioanal Seminar on Speech Production 2008, (Eds.) Sock, R., Fuchs, S., Laprie, Y., Strasbourg, France, pp. 405-408.
1462	2007	Ito, T & Gomi, H.	Cutaneous mechanoreceptors contribute to the generation of a cortical reflex in speech	NeuroReport, V. 18:No. 9, June 11, 2007. pp. 907-910.
1674	2012	Ito, T. & Ostry D.J.	Speech sounds alter facial skin sensation	Journal of Neurophysiol, v. 107, pp. 442-447.
1612	2010	Ito, T. & Ostry, D.J.	Somatosensory Contribution to Motor Learning Due to Facial Skin Deformation.	Journal of Neurophysiology, v. 104, pp. 1230-1238.
1524	2009	Ito, T., Tiede, M., & Ostry, D.J.	Somatosensory function in speech perception	Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, v.106: no.4, pp. 1245-1248.
1556	2009	Iversen, J.R., Repp, B.H., Patel, A.D.	Top-Down Control of Rhythm Perception Modulates Early Auditory Responses	The Neurosciences and Music III - Disorders and Plasticity, V. 1169, pp. 58-73.
1548	2004	Jacobsen, L.K., D’Souza, D.C., Mencl, W.E., Pugh, K.R., Skudlarski, P. & Drystal, J.H.	Nicotine Effects of Brain Function and Functional Connectivity in Schizophrenia	Biological Psychiatry, v. 55, pp. 850-858.
314	1980	Johnston, T. D., & Turvey, M. T.	A sketch of an ecological metatheory for theories of learning.	In G. H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of learning and motivation ,pp. 147-205. New York: Academic Press
1323	2003	Julie Van Dyke, J. & Lewis, R.L.	Distinguishing effects of structure and decay on attachment and repair: A cue-based parsing account of recovery from misanalyzed ambiguities	Journal of Memory and Language, 49, pp. 285-316.
207	1977	Jusczyk, P. W., Rosner, B. S., Cutting, J. E., Foard, C. L., & Smith, L. B.	Categorical perception of nonspeech sounds by 2-month-old infants.	Perception & Psychophysics, 21(1), 50-54
864	1993	Kalinowski, J., Armson, J., Roland-Mieszkowski, M., Stuart, A., & Gracco, V. L.	Effects of Alterations in Auditory Feedback and Speech Rate on Stuttering Frequency.	Language and Speech, 36(1), 1-16.
1404	2005	Katz, L. (General Editors) Schreuder, R., Verhoeven, L.	Written Language and Literacy	Written Language and Literacy, V. 8:No. 1, pp. 68-72.
1209	2001	Katz, L. & Frost, S.J.	Phonology constraints the internal orthographic representation.	Reading and Writing. 14, 297-332.
393	1983	Katz, L., & Feldman, L. B.	Relation between pronunciation and recognition of printed words in shallow and deep orthographies.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 9, 157-166.
576	1987	Katz, L., Boyce, S., Goldstein, L. & Lukatela, G.	Grammatical information effects in auditory word recognition.	Cognition, 25, 235-263.
1655	2011	Katz, L., Brancazio, L., Irwin, J., Katz, S., Magnuson, J., Whalen, D.H.	What lexical decision and naming tell us about reading	Reading and Writing, DOI 10.1007/s11145-011-9316-9
1403	2005	Katz, L., Lee, C.H., Tabor, W., Frost, S.J., Mencl, W.E., Sandak, R., Rueckl, J. & Pugh, K.R.	Behavioral and neurobiological effects of printed word repetition in lexical decision and naming.	Journal of NeuroPsychologia, V. 43, pp. 2068-2083.
753	1991	Katz, L., Rexer, K., & Lukatela, G.	The processing of inflected words.	Psychological Research, 53, 25-32.
838	1992	Katz, Leonard, and Frost, Ram	Orthography, phonology, morphology, and meaning: an overview.	Orthography, Phonology, Morphology, and Meaning, edited by R. Frost and L. Katz. Elsevier Science Publishers, B.V. 1-8.
840	1992	Katz, Leonard, and Frost, Ram.	Chapter 4: The reading process is different for different orthographies: the orthographic depth hypothesis.	Orthography, Phonology, Morphology, and Meaning, edited by R. Frost and L. Katz. Elsevier Science Publishers, B.V. 67-84.
949	1995	Katz, Leonard, Rexer, Karl, and Peter, Mira.	Case morphology and thematic role in word recognition.	Morphological Aspects of Language Processing, edited by L.B. Feldman. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: Hillsdale, NJ, pp. 79-107.
534	1986	Katz, R.	Phonological deficiencies in children with reading disability: Evidence from an object-naming task.	Cognition, 22, 225-257.
531	1986	Katz, R. B., and Shankweiler, D.	Repetitive naming and the detection of word retrieval deficits in the beginning reader.	Cortex, 21, 617-625.
481	1984	Katz, R. B., Healy, A. F. & Shankweiler, D.	On accounting for deficiencies in order memory associated with reading difficulty: A reply to Tallal.	Applied Psycholinguistics, 5, 170-174.
433	1983	Katz, R. B., Healy, A. F., & Shankweiler, D.	Phonetic coding and order memory in relation to reading proficiency: A comparison of short-term memory for temporal and spatial order information.	Applied Psycholinguistics, 4, 323-344.
359	1981	Katz, R. B., Shankweiler, D., & Liberman, I. Y.	Memory for item order and phonetic recoding in the beginning reader.	Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 32, 474-484.
579	1987	Kay, B. A., Kelso, J. A. S., Saltzman, E. L., & Schoner, G.	Space-Time Behavior of Single and Bimanual Rhythmical Movements: Data and Limit Cycle Model.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 13, 178-192.
747	1991	Kay, B. K., Saltzman, E. L., & Kelso, J. A. S.	Steady-State and Perturbed Rhythmical Movements: A Dynamical Analysis.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 17(1), 183-197.
1501	2008	Keller, P.E. & Repp, B.H.	Multilevel coordination stability: Integrated goal representations in simultaneous intra-personal and inter-agent coordination	Acta Psychologica, V.128, 2008, pp. 378-386.
1376	2005	Keller, P.E. & Repp, B.H.	Staying offbeat: Sensorimotor syncopation with structured and unstructured auditory sequences	Psychological Research, 2005, V. 69, pp. 292-309.
1349	2004	Keller, P.E. & Repp, B.H.	When two limbs are weaker than one: Sensorimotor syncopation with alternating hands	The Quarterly Journal Of Experimental Psychology, 2004, V. 57A: No.6, pp. 1085-1101.
1439	2007	Keller, P.E., Knoblich, G., Repp, B.H.	Pianist duet better when they play with themselves: On the possible role of action simulation in synchronization	Consciousness and Cognition, V. 16, pp. 102-111.
693	1989	Kelly, M. S., Best, C. T., & Kirk, U.	Cognitive Processing Deficits in Reading Disabilities: A Prefrontal Cortical Hypothesis.	Brain and Cognition, 11, 275-293.
564	1986	Kelso, J. A. S.	Pattern Formation in Speech and Limb Movements Involving Many Degrees of Freedom.	Experimental Brain Research Series 15, 105-128.
494	1984	Kelso, J. A. S.	Considerations from a theory of movement.	In E. Donchin (Ed.), Cognitive Psychophysiology, (pp.201-219). Lawrence Erlbaum: Hillsdale.
274	1979	Kelso, J. A. S.	Motor-sensory feedback formulations: Are we asking the right questions? Commentary/Gyr et al.	The Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 2, 72-73.
457	1984	Kelso, J. A. S.	Phase transitions and critical behavior in human bimanual coordination.	American Journal of Physiology: Regulatory, Integrative, and Comparative, 246, R1000-1004.
392	1982	Kelso, J. A. S.	Old problems and new directions in motor behavior.	Contemporary Psychology, 28, 8-11.
354	1981	Kelso, J. A. S.	Contrasting perspectives on order and regulation in movement.	In J. Long & A. Baddeley (Eds.), Attention and performance (IX). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
506		Kelso, J. A. S. & Scholz, J. P.	Cooperative Phenomena in Biological Motion.	In H. Haken (Ed.), Synergetics of Complex Systems in Physics, Chemistry and Biology. Springer-Verlag.
456	1984	Kelso, J. A. S. & Tuller, B.	Converging evidence in support of common dynamical principles for speech and movement coordination.	American Journal of Physiology: Regulatory, Integrative, and Comparative, 246, R928-935.
302	1980	Kelso, J. A. S., & Holt, K. G.	Exploring a vibratory systems analysis of human movement production.	Journal of Neurophysiology, 43, 1183-1196.
310	1980	Kelso, J. A. S., & Holt, K. G.	Evidence for a mass-spring model of human neuromuscular control.	In C. H. Nadeau, W. R. Halliwell, K. M. Newell, & G. C. Roberts (Eds.), Psychology of motor behavior and sport. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics, 408-417.
376	1981	Kelso, J. A. S., & Reed, E.	Motivating muscles: The problem of action.	Contemporary Psychology, 26, 181-182.
396	1982	Kelso, J. A. S., & Saltzman, E. L.	Motor control: Which themes do we orchestrate?	The Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 5, 554-557.
438	1984	Kelso, J. A. S., & Tuller, B.	A dynamical basis for action systems.	In M. S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), Handbook of neuroscience (pp. 321-356). New York: Plenum.
418	1983	Kelso, J. A. S., & Tuller, B.	"Compensatory articulation" under conditions of reduced afferent information: A dynamic formulation.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 26, 217-224.
335	1981	Kelso, J. A. S., & Tuller, B. H.	Toward a theory of apractic syndromes.	Brain & Language, 12, 224-245.
264	1979	Kelso, J. A. S., Goodman, D., Hayes, C., & Stamm C. F.	Movement coding and memory in the developmentally young.	American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 83, 601-611
305	1980	Kelso, J. A. S., Holt, K. G., & Flatt, A. E.	The role of proprioception in the perception and control of human movement: Toward a theoretical reassessment.	Perception & Psychophysics, 28, 45-52.
298	1980	Kelso, J. A. S., Holt, K. G., Kugler, P. N., & Turvey, M. T.	On the concept of coordinative structures as dissipative structures: II. Empirical lines of convergence.	In G. E. Stelmach & J. Requin (Eds.), Tutorials in motor behavior (pp. 49-70). New York: North-Holland.
367	1981	Kelso, J. A. S., Holt, K. G., Rubin, P., & Kugler, P. N.	Patterns of human interlimb coordination emerge from the properties of nonlinear limit cycle oscillatory processes: Theory and data.	Journal of Motor Behavior, 13, 226-261.
411	1983	Kelso, J. A. S., Putnam, C. A., & Goodman, D.	On the space-time structure of human interlimb coordination.	Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 35A, 347- 376.
541	1986	Kelso, J. A. S., Saltzman, E. L. & Tuller, B.	The dynamical perspective on speech production: data and theory.	Journal of Phonetics, 14, 29-59.
554	1986	Kelso, J. A. S., Scholz, J. P., & Schoner, G.	Nonequilibrium phase transitions in coordinated biological motion: Critical fluctuations	Physics Letters A, Vol. 118, no. 6, 279-284.
256	1979	Kelso, J. A. S., Southard, D. L., & Goodman, D.	On the nature of human interlimb coordination.	Science, 203, 1029-1031.
265	1979	Kelso, J. A. S., Southard, D. L., & Goodman, D.	On the coordination of two-handed movements.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 5, 229-238.
403	1983	Kelso, J. A. S., Tuller, B., & Harris, K. S.	A 'dynamic pattern' perspective on the control and coordination of movement.	In P. MacNeilage (Ed.), The production of speech. New York: Springer-Verlag.
478	1984	Kelso, J. A. S., Tuller, B., Vatikiotis-Bateson, E. & Fowler, C. A.	Functionally specific articulatory coopertion following jaw perturbations during speech: Evidence for coordinative structures.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 10, 812-832.
488	1985	Kelso, J. A. S., Vatikiotis-Bateson, E., Saltzman, E. L., & Kay, B.	A qualitative dynamic analysis of reiterant speech production: Phase portraits, kinematics, and dynamic modeling.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 77, 266-280.
542	1986	Kelso, J. A.S., Saltzman, E. L.& Tuller, B	Intentional contents, communicative context, and task dynamics: a reply to the commentors.	Journal of Phonetics, 14, 171-196.
156	1974	Kewley-Port, D., & Preston, M.	Early apical stop production: A voice onset time analysis.	Journal of Phonetics, 2, 195-210.
419	1983	Kewley-Port, D., Pisoni, D. B., & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Perception of static and dynamic cues to place of articulation in initial stop consonants.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 73, 1779-1793.
33	1961	Kinney, J. A. S.	Discrimination in auditory and visual patterns.	American Journal of Psychology, 74, 529-541.
1531	2009	Knoblich, G., Repp, B.H.	Inferring agency from sound.	Cognition, v. 111, pp. 248-262.
1300	2003	Kochetov, A. & Lobanova, A.	Place And Manner Contrasts In Komi-Permyak Obstruents: An Acoustic Study	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 2721-2724.
1338	2004	Koenig, L.L.	Towards a Physical Definition of the Vowel Systems of Languages	In Victor H. Yngve and Zdzislaw Wasik (Eds.). (2004) Hard-Science Linguistics, Continuum, pp. 49-66.
1242	2002	Koenig, L.L.	Distributional characteristics of VOT in children’s voiceless aspirated stops and interpretation for developmental trends.	Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. 44, 1058-1068.
1178	2000	Koenig, L.L.	Laryngeal factors in voiceless consonant production in men, women, and in 5-year-olds.	Journal of Speech, Language,and Hearing Research. v.43, pp.1211-1228.
1455	2006	Koenig, L.L. & Abramson, A.S.	Passings - Leigh Lisker	Acoustics Today, V.2:No.4, pp. 60.
1641	2011	Koenig, L.L., Fuchs, S. Lucero, J.C.	Effects of consonant manner and vowel height on intraoral pressure and articulatory contact at voicing offset and onset for voiceless obstruents.	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, v. 129(5), 2011, pp. 3233-3244.
1489	2008	Koenig, L.L., Lucero, J.C.	Stop consonant voicing and intraoral pressure contours in women and children	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, V. 123:No.2, pp. 1077-1088.
1517	2008	Koenig, L.L., Lucero, J.C. & Mencl, W.E.	Laryngeal and Aerodynamic Adjustments for Voicing Versus Devoicing of /h/: A Within-Speaker Study	Journal of Voice, V. 22: No.6 (2008)
1510	2008	Koenig, L.L., Lucero, J.C. & Perlman, E.	Speech production variability in fricatives of children and adults: Results of functional data analysis.	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, v. 124:no.5, pp. 3158-3170.
1398	2005	Koenig, L.L., Mencl, W.E. & Lucero, J.C.	Multidimensional analyses of voicing offsets and onsets in female speakers	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, V. 118:No. 4, pp. 2535-2550.
1301	2003	Koening, L.L., Lucero, J.C. & Löfqvist, A.	Studying articulatory variability using Functional Data Analysis	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 269-271.
967	1995	Kollia, H. Betty, Gracco, Vincent L, and Harris, Katherine S.	Articulatory organization of mandibular, labial, and velar movements during speech.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 98 (3), September, 1995.
881	1993	Krakow, R. A.	Nonsegmental Influences on Velum Movement Patterns: Syllables, Sentences, Stress, and Speaking Rate.	Phonetics and Phonology, 5, 87-116.
882	1993	Krakow, R. A., & Huffman, M. K.	Instruments and Techniques for Investigating Nasalization and Velopharyngeal Function in the Laboratory: An Introduction.	Phonetics and Phonlogy, 5, 3-59.
630	1988	Krakow, R. A., Beddor, P. S., Goldstein, L., and Fowler, C. A.	Coarticulatory influences on the perceived height of nasal vowels.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 83(3), 1146-1158.
1456	2006	Krakow, R.A. & Whalen, D.H.	Passings - Ignatius G. Mattingly	Acoustics Today, V. 2:No.4, pp. 61.
975	1995	Krakow, Rena A., Bell-Berti, Fredericka, and Wang, Emily Q.	Supralaryngeal declination: evidence from the velum.	Bell-Berti, F. and Raphael, L.J. Producing Speech: Contemporary Issues. For Katerhine Safford Harris. AIP Press: New York.
508	1985	Krakow, Rena Arens & Hanson, Vicki L.	Deaf signers and serial recall in the visual modality: Memory for signs, fingerspelling, and print.	Memory & Cognition, 13(3), 265-272.
161	1974	Kubovy, M., Cutting, J. E., McGuire, R.McI.	Hearing with the third ear: Dichotic perception of a melody without monaural familiarity cues.	Science, 186, 272-274.
768	1991	Kugler, P. N., & Turvey, M. T., Schmidt, R. C., & Rosenblum, L. D.	Investigating a Nonconservative Invariant of Motion in Coordinated Rhythmic Movements.	Ecological Psychology, 2(2), 151-189.
297	1980	Kugler, P. N., Kelso, J. A. S., & Turvey, M. T.	On the concept of coordinative structures as dissipative structures: I. Theoretical lines of convergence.	In G. E. Stelmach & J. Requin (Eds.), Tutorials in motor behavior (pp. 3-47). New York: North-Holland.
378	1982	Kugler, P. N., Kelso, J. A. S., & Turvey, M. T.	On the control and coordination of naturally developing systems.	In J. A. S. Kelso & J. E. Clark (Eds.), The development of movement control and coordination (pp. 5- 78). Chichester: John Wiley.
394	1982	Kugler, P. N., Turvey, M. T., & Shaw, R. E.	Is the "cognitive impenetrability condition" invalidated by contemporary physics.	The Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 2, 303-306.
189	1975	Kuhn, G. M.	On the front cavity resonance and its possible role in speech perception.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 58, 428-433
151	1973	Kuhn, G. M.	The Phi coefficient as an index of ear differences in dichotic listening.	Cortex, 9, 447-457.
1629	2011	Kukona, A., Fang, S-Y, Aicher, K.A., Chen, H., Magnuson, J.S.	The time course of anticipatory constraint integration	Cognition, v. 119, 2011, pp. 23-42.
1639	2011	Kuperman, V., Van Dyke, J.a.	Effects of individual differences in verbal skills on eye-movement patterns during sentence reading.	Journal of Memory and Language, v. 65, 2011, pp. 42-73.
1545	2009	Laboissiere, R., Lametti, D.R. & Ostry, D.J.	Impedance Control and Its Relation to Precision in Orofacial Movement	Journal of Neurophysiolgy, v. 102, pp. 523-531.
1152	1996	Laboissiere, R., Ostry, D.J. & Feldman, A.G.	The control of multi-muscle systems: human jaw and hyoid movements	Biological Cybernetics. 74, (4), 373-384.
1478	2007	Lametti, D.R., Houle, G. & Ostry, D.J.	Control of Movement Variability and the Regulation of Limb Impedance	Journal of Neurophysiol, V.98, pp. 3516-3524.
1546	2009	Landi, N.	An examination of the relationship between reading comprehension, higher-level and lower-level reading sub-skills in adults.	Reading and Writing (2009), DOI 10.1007/s11145-009-9180-z
1472	2007	Landi, N. & Perfetti, C.A.	An electrophysiological investigation of semantic and phonological processing in skilled and less-skilled comprehenders	Brain and Language, V. 102, pp. 30-45.
1660	2011	Landi, N., Crowley, M.J., Wu, J., Bailey, C.A., Mayes, L.C.	Deviant ERP response to spoken non-words among adolescents exposed to cocaine in utero	Brain and Language, 2011
1610	2010	Landi, N., Mencl, W.E., Frost, S.J., Sandak, R., Pugh, K.R.	An fMRI study of multimodal semantic and phonological processing in reading disabled adolescents.	Annals of Dyslexia, v.60, pp. 102-121.
1645	2011	Landi, N., Montoya, J., Kober, H., Rutherford, J.J.V., Mencl, W.E., Worhunsky, P.D., Potenza, M.N.& Mayes, L.C.	Maternal neural responses to infant cries and faces: relationships with substance use.	Frontiers in Psychiatry, v. 2, pp. 1-13.
1450	2006	Landi, N., Perfetti, C.A., Bolger, D.J., Dnlap, S., Foorman, B.R.	The role of discourse context in developing word form representations: A paradoxical relation between reading and learning	Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, V.94, pp. 114-133.
1486	2007	Le, J.T., Best, C.T., Tyler, M.D., Kroos, C.	Effects of Non-native Dialects on Spoken Word Recognition	Interspeech 2007, Aug. 27-31, Antwerp Belgium, International Speech Communication Association.
1287	2003	Leach, J.M., Scarborough, H.S. & Rescorla, L.	Late-Emerging Reading Disabilities	Journal of Educational Psychology, v.95: no. 2, pp. 211-224
870	1993	Leckman, J. F., de Lotbiniere, A. J., Marek, K., Gracco, C., Scahill, L., & Cohen, D. J.	Severe disturbances in speech, swallowing, and gait following stereotactic infrathalamic lesions in Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome.	Neurology, 43, 890-894.
1275	2002	Lee, C.H. & Katz, L.	Early locus of a linguistic variable in a fast priming task.	International Journal of Psychology, v.37:no. 5, pp. 257-265.
1275a	2003	Lee, C.H. & Turvey, M.T.	Silent Letters and Phonological Priming	Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, v. 32:no.3, pp. 313-333.
1412	2005	Lee, C.H., Nam, K., & Katz, L.	Nonselective access of spelling-sound knowledge for Korean-English bilinguals	International Journal of Psychology, V. 40:No. 6, pp. 407-415.
287	1979	Lee, W. A., & Kelso, J. A. S.	Properties of slowly adapting joint receptors do not readily predict perception of limb position.	Journal of Human Movement Studies, 5, 171-181.
1440	2006	Lee, Y., Moreno, M.A., Park, H., Carello, C. & Turvey, M.T.	Phonological Assimilation and Visual Word Recognition	Journal of Psycholinguist Research, V. 35, pp. 513-530.
1432	2006	LeVasseur, V.M., Macaruso, P., Palumbo, L.C. & Shankweiler, D.	Syntactically cued text facilitates oral reading fluency in developing readers	Applied Psycholinguistics, V. 27, pp. 423-445.
780	1991	Levitt, A. G.	Reiterant speech as a test of non-native speakers' mastery of the timing of French.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 90(6), 3008-3018.
518	1985	Levitt, A. G. & Healy, A. F.	The roles of phoneme frequency, similarity, and availability in the experimental elicitation of speech errors.	Journal of Memory and Language, 24, 717-733.
800	1992	Levitt, A. G., & Aydelott Utman, J. G.	From babbling towards the sound systems of English and French: a longitudinal two-case study.	Journal of Child Language, 19, 19-49.
806	1991	Levitt, A. G., & Wang, Q. Language & Speech, 34(3), 235-249.	Evidence for Language-Specific Rhythmic Influences in the Reduplicative Babbling of French- and English-Learning Infants.	Language & Speech, 34(3), 235-249.
760	1991	Levitt, A., Healy, A. F., & Fendrich, D. W. (1991).	Syllable-Internal Structure and the Sonority Hierarchy: Differential Evidence from Lexical Decision, Naming, and Reading.	Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 20(4), 337-
639	1988	Levitt, A., Jusczyk, P. W., Murray, J., & Carden, G.	Context Effects in Two-Month-Old Infants' Perception of Labiodental/Interdental Fricative Contrasts.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, Vol. 14, No. 3, 361-368.
1002	1995	Levitt, Andrea G., Whalen, D.H., Smorodinsky, Iris, and Hsiao, Pai-Ling.	La fréquence fondamentale intrinseque des voyelles dans le babillage des enfants de six à douze mois d’âge.	Le Developpement Langagier: Une Prediction Precoce Est-Elle Possible? edited by Konopczynski, G. and S. Vinter, Paris: Ortho Editions.
1229	2001	Levy, D.A., Granot, R. & Bentin, S.	Processing specificity for human voice stimuli: electrophysiological evidence.	Cognitive Neuroscience and Neuropsychology. 12, 2653-2657.
1281	2003	Levy, D.A., Granot, R. & Bentin,S.	Neural sensitivity to human voices: ERP evidence of task and attentional influences	Psychophysiology, v.40, pp. 291-305
1406	2005	Levy, E.T. & Fowler, C.A.	How Autistic Children May Use Narrative Discourse to Scaffold Coherent Interpretations of Events: A Case Study	Imagination, Cognition and Personality, V., 24:No.3, pp. 207-244.
1429	2006	Lewis, R.L., Vasishth, S. & Van Dyke, J.A.	Computational principles of working memory in sentence comprehension	TRENDS in Cognitive Sciences, V.10:No.10, pp. 447-454.
1094	1979	Liberman, I.Y., Shankweiler, D., Camp, L., Blachman, B., & Werfelman, M.	Steps toward literacy: A linguistic approach.	In Resnick L., Weaver, P.(eds.): Theory and practice of early reading, Vol.2, Hillsdale, NJ. Erlbaum Associates.
1114	1999	Liberman, A.	The reading researcher and the reading teacher need the right theory of speech.	Scientific Studies of Reading, 3, 2, 95-111.
136	1974	Liberman, A. M.	The specialization of the language hemisphere	In F. O. Schmitt & F. G. Worden (Eds.), The neurosciences: Third study program (pp. 43-56). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
16	1957	Liberman, A. M.	Some results of research on speech perception.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 29, 117-123.
813	1992	Liberman, A. M.	Plausibility, Parsimony, and Theories of Speech.	In J. Alegria, D. Holender, J. Junca de Morais, and M. Radeau (Eds.). Analytic Approaches to Human Cognition, (pp. 25-40.). Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.
785	1991	Liberman, A. M.	Observations from the Sidelines.	Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 3, 429-433.
676	1989	Liberman, A. M.	Reading is Hard just because Listening is Easy.	In C. von Euler (Ed.), Wenner-Gren International Symposium Series: Brain and Reading, 197-205. Hampshire, England: Macmillan.
426	1983	Liberman, A. M.	What a perception-production link does for language.	The Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 6, 216.
365	1982	Liberman, A. M.	On finding that speech is special.	American Psychologist, 37, 148-167.
296	1979	Liberman, A. M.	An ethological approach to language through the study of speech perception.	In M. von Cranach, K. Poppa, W. Lepenies, & D. Ploog (Eds.), Human ethology (pp. 682-704). Cambridge: Cambridge Press.
95	1970	Liberman, A. M.	Some characteristics of perception in the speech mode.	Chapter in :Perception and its disorders; proceedings of the Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Disease, Research publications, ; v.48. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins. pp.238-254.
99	1970	Liberman, A. M.	The grammars of speech and language.	Cognitive Psychology, 1, 301-323.
519	1985	Liberman, A. M. & Mattingly, I. G.	The motor theory of speech perception revised.	Cognition, 21, 1-36.
133	1972	Liberman, A. M., & Cooper, F. S.	In search of the acoustic cues.	In A. Valdman (Ed.), Papers on linguistics and phonetics in memory of Pierre Delattre (pp. 329-338). The Hague: Mouton
793	1991	Liberman, A. M., & Mattingly, I. G.	Modularity and the Effects of Experience.	In R. R. Hoffman and D. S. Palermo (Eds.), Cognition and the Symbolic Processes: Applied and Ecological Perspectives. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ. (pp.33-38).
659	1989	Liberman, A. M., & Mattingly, I. G.	A Specialization for Speech Perception.	Science, 243, 489-494.
217	1977	Liberman, A. M., & Pisoni, D. B.	Evidence for a special speech-perceiving subsystem in the human.	In T. H. Bullock (Ed.), Recognition of complex acoustic signals. Berlin: Dahlem Konferenzen, 59-76.
232	1978	Liberman, A. M., & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Phonetic perception.	In R. Held, H. W. Leibowitz, & H.-L. Teuber (Eds.), Handbook of sensory physiology, Vol. VIII: Perception. New York: Springer-Verlag, 143-178.
37	1962	Liberman, A. M., Cooper, F. S., Harris, K. S., & MacNeilage, P. F.	A motor theory of speech perception.	Proceedings of the Speech Communication Seminar, Stockholm.
54	1967	Liberman, A. M., Cooper, F. S., Harris, K. S., MacNeilage, P. F., & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Some observations on a model for speech perception.	In W. Wathen-Dunn (Ed.), Models for the perception of speech and visual form (pp. 68-87). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
69	1967	Liberman, A. M., Cooper, F. S., Shankweiler, D. P., & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Perception of the speech code.	Psychological Review, 74, 431-461.
64	1966	Liberman, A. M., Cooper, F. S., Studdert-Kennedy, M., Harris, K. S., & Shankweiler, D. P.	Some observations on the efficiency of speech sounds.	Proceedings of the XVIII International Congress of Psychology, Moscow.
64a	1968	Liberman, A. M., Cooper, F. S., Studdert-Kennedy, M., Harris, K. S., & Shankweiler, E. P.	On the efficiency of speech sounds. (Slightly revised edition of the above paper.)	Z.F. Phonetik Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung, 21-32.
25	1958	Liberman, A. M., Delattre, P. C., & Cooper, F. S.	Some cues for the distinction between voiced and voiceless stops in initial position.	Language and Speech, 1, 153-167.
7	1952	Liberman, A. M., Delattre, P. C., & Cooper, F. S.	The role of selected stimulus variables in the perception of the unvoiced stop consonants.	American Journal of Psychology, 65, 497-516.
11	1954	Liberman, A. M., Delattre, P. C., Cooper, F. S., & Gerstman, L. J.	The role of consonant-vowel transitions in the perception of the stop and nasal consonants.	Psychological Monographs, 68, 1-13.
13	1956	Liberman, A. M., Delattre, P. C., Gerstman, L. C., & Cooper, F. S.	Tempo of frequency change as a cue for distinguishing classes of speech sounds.	Journal of Experimental Psychology, 52, 127-137.
34	1961	Liberman, A. M., Harris, K. S., Eimas, P. D., Lisker, L., & Bastian, J.	An effect of learning on speech perception: The discrimination of durations of silence with and without phonemic significance.	Language and Speech, 4, 175-195.
22	1957	Liberman, A. M., Harris, K. S., Hoffman, H. S., & Griffith, B. C.	The discrimination of speech sounds within and across phoneme boundaries.	Journal of Experimental Psychology, 54, 358-368.
32	1961	Liberman, A. M., Harris, K. S., Kinney, J. A., & Lane, H.	The discrimination of relative onset time of the components of certain speech and nonspeech patterns.	Journal of Experimental Psychology, 61, 379-388.
30	1959	Liberman, A. M., Ingemann, F., Lisker, L., Delattre, P. C., & Cooper, F. S.	Minimal rules for synthesizing speech.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 31, 1490-1499.
353	1981	Liberman, A. M., Isenberg, D., & Rakerd, B.	Duplex perception of cues for stop consonants: Evidence for a phonetic mode.	Perception & Psychophysics, 30, 133-143.
125	1972	Liberman, A. M., Mattingly, I. G., & Turvey, M.	Language codes and memory codes.	In A. W. Melton & E. Martin (Eds.), Coding processes and human memory. (pp. 307-334) Washington, DC: Winston and Sons.
1073	1998	Liberman, Alvin M.	When theories of speech meet the real world.	Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, Vol. 27, No. 2, 1998.
920	1993	Liberman, Alvin M.	In speech production, time is not what it seems.	Ann. NY Academy of Science, 682, 264-271.
841	1992	Liberman, Alvin M.	Chapter 9: The relation of speech to reading and writing.	Orthography, Phonology, Morphology, and Meaning, edited by R. Frost and L. Katz. Elsevier Science Publishers, B.V. 167-178.
677	1989	Liberman, I. Y.	Phonology and Beginning Reading Revisited.	In C. von Euler (Ed.), Wenner-Gren International Symposium Series: Brain and Reading, 207-220. Hampshire, England: Macmillan.
610	1987	Liberman, I. Y.	Language and Literacy: The Obligation of the Schools of Education.	In W. Ellis (Ed.), Intimacy with language: A forgotten basic in teacher education. Baltimore: The Orton Dyslexia Society, 1-9.
609	1973	Liberman, I. Y.	Segmentation of the Spoken Word and Reading Acquisition.	Bulletin of the Orton Society, XXIII, 65-77.
526	1985	Liberman, I. Y. and Shankweiler, D.	Phonology and the problems of learning to read and write.	In Topical Issue (I. Y. Liberman, Guest Editor), Remedial and Special Education, 6(6), 8-17.
729	1990	Liberman, I. Y., & Liberman, A. M.	Whole Language vs. Code Emphasis: Underlying Assumptions and their Implications for Reading Instruction.	Annal of Dyslexia, 40, 51-76
391	1982	Liberman, I. Y., Mann, V. A., Shankweiler, D., & Werfelman, M.	Children's memory for recurring linguistic and non-linguistic material in relation to reading ability.	Cortex, 18, 367-375.
703	1990	Liberman, I. Y., Shankweiler, D., & Liberman, A. M.	The Alphabetic Principle and Learning to Read.	In D. Shankweiler & I. Y. Liberman (Eds.), Phonology and Reading Disability: Solving the Reading Puzzle. (1989). IARLD Research Monograph Series. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.
1084	1980	Liberman, I., Liberman, A.M., Mattingly, I. & Shankweiler, D.	Orthography and the Beginning Reader.	In J.F. Kavanagh & R.L. Venezky (eds.) Orthography, Reading , and Dyslexia. University Park Press: Baltimore. pp. 137-153.
588	1987	Liberman, Isabelle Y. & Shankweiler, Donald.	Phonology and the problems of learning to read and write.	Memory and Learning Disabilities. Advances in Learning and Behavioral Disabilities, Suppl. 2, 203- 224.
144	1973	Lieberman, P.	On the evolution of language: A unified view.	Cognition, 2, 59-94.
138	1972	Lieberman, P.	On the evolution of human language.	Proceedings of the 7th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp. 258-275). The Hague: Mouton.
89	1970	Lieberman, P.	Towards a unified phonetic theory.	Linguistic Inquiry, 1, 307-322.
79	1969	Lieberman, P.	On the acoustic analysis of primate vocalizations.	Behavioral Research, Methods, and Instrumentation, 1, 169-174.
76	1968	Lieberman, P.	Primate vocalizations and human linguistic ability.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 44, 1574-1584.
104	1971	Lieberman, P. & Crelin, E. S.	On the speech of Neanderthal Man.	Linguistic Inquiry, II, 203-222.
80	1969	Lieberman, P. H., Klatt, D. H., & Wilson, W. H.	Vocal tract limitations on the vowel repertoires of rhesus monkey and other nonhuman primates.	Science, 164, 1185-1187.
121	1972	Lieberman, P., Crelin, E. S., & Klatt, D. H.	Phonetic ability and related anatomy of the newborn and adult human, Neanderthal man, and the chimpanzee.	American Anthropologist, 74, 287-307.
115	1971	Lieberman, P., Harris, K. S., Wolff, P., & Russell, L. H.	Newborn infant cry and nonhuman primate vocalization.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 14, 719-727.
82	1969	Lieberman, P., Knudson, R., & Mead, J.	Determination of the rate of change of fundamental frequency with respect to subglottal air pressure during sustained phonation.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 45, 1537-1543.
93	1970	Lieberman, P., Sawashima, M., Harris, K. S., & Gay, T.	The articulatory implementation of the breath-group and prominence: Crico-thyroid muscular activity in intonation.	Language, 46, 312-327.
1447	2007	Lillard, A., Nishida, T., Massaro, D., Vaish, A., Ma, L. & McRoberts, G.	Signs of Pretense Across Age and Scenario	Infancy, V. 11:No.1 (2007), pp. 1-30.
1514	2008	Lillo-Martin, D.	Focus Constructions i American Sign Language and Lingua De Sinais Brasileira	n Jose Quer (Ed.) Signs of the time: Selected Papers From TISLR 2004 - International Studies on Sign language and Communication of the Deaf v. 51, pp. 161-176.
1326	2002	Lillo-Martin, D.	Where are all the modality effects?	In (Eds.) Richard Meier, Kearsy Comier & David Quinto-Pozos. Modality and Structure in signed and Spoken Language, pp. 241-262.
829	1992	Lillo-Martin, D.	Deaf Readers and Universal Grammar.	In Marschark, M. & Clark, M. D. (eds.), Psychological Perspectives on Deafness. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hillsdale, NJ. (pp. 311-337).
708	1990	Lillo-Martin, D.	Parameters for Questions: Evidence from wh-Movement in ASL.	In Ceil Lucas, (Eds.), Sign Language Research: Theoretical Issues. (1989). Gallaudet University Press. Washington, D. C.
1321	2003	Lillo-Martin, D. & Berk, S.	Acquisition of Constituent Order Under Delayed Language Exposure	Diane Lillo-Martin and Stephanie Berk. BUCLD 27 Proceedings, ed. Barbara Beachley et al., 484-495. Somervill, MA: Cascadilla Press.
809	1992	Lillo-Martin, D. C., Hanson, V. L., & Smith, S. T.	Deaf readers' comprehension of relative clause structures.	Applied Psycholinguistics, 13, 13-30.
759	1991	Lillo-Martin, D. C., Hanson, V. L., & Smith, S. T.	Deaf Reader's Comprehension of Complex Syntactic Structure.	In D. S. Martin (ed), Advances in Cognition, Education, and Deafness. Gallaudet University Press: Washington, D.C. (pp.146-151).
833	1992	Lillo-Martin, Diane.	Sentences as islands: on the boundedness of A’-movement in American Sign Language.	Island Constraints, edited by H. Goodluck and M. Rochemont, Kluwer Academic Publishers, The Netherlands, pp. 259-274.
1167	1999	Lillo-Martin, Diane.	Modality effects and modularity in language acquisition: The acquisition of American Sign Language.	In T. Bhatia, & W. Ritchie (Eds.) Handbook of child language acquisition. Academic Press, pp. 531-567.
1389	2005	Lilloo-Martin, D. & Müller de Quadros, R.	The Acquisition of Focus Constructions in American Sing Language and Língua de Sinais Brasileira	BUCLD 29 Proceedings, ed. A. Brugos, M.R. Clark-Cotton, and S. Ha, 365-375. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press.
698	1989	Lin, H., & Repp, B. H.	Cues to the Perception of Taiwanese Tones.	Language and Speech, 32(1), 25-44.
450	1983	Lindblom, B., MacNeilage, P., & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Self-organizing processes and the explanation of phonological universals.	In B. Butterworth, B. Comrie, & O. Dahl (Eds.), Explanations of Linguistics. The Hague: Mouton.
70	1967	Lindblom, B.E.F., & Studdert-Kenedy, M.	On the role of formant-transitions in vowel recognition.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 42, 830-843.
1303	2003	Lisker, L.	On Perceiving Certain Voiceless Unaspirated Stops	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 821-823.
1278	2002	Lisker, L.	The voiceless unaspirated stops of English	In Bruce E. Nevin (ed.) The Legacy of Zelling Harris, pp. 233-240. John Benjamins Publishing Co.
1193	2001	Lisker, L.	Hearing the Polish sibilants [s s! s#]: phonetic and auditory judgments.	In Nina Gronnum and Jorgen Rischel (eds.).Travaux Du Cercle Linguistique de Copenhagen. v. XXXI. To honour Eli Fischer-Jorgensen. pp. 226-238. Copenhagen, C.A. Reitzel.
766	1991	Lisker, L.	On Testing Linguists' Perception of Initial Stop Voicing: Does It Reflect Native Language Phonology?	In B. Lakshmi Bai & B. Ramakrishna Reddy (Eds.), Studies in Dravidian and General Linguistics. Osmania University Publications in Linguistics. (pp.484-491).
691	1989	Lisker, L.	On the Interpretation of Vowel "Quality": The Dimension of Rounding.	Journal of the International Phonetic Association, 19(1), 24-30.
489	1985	Lisker, L.	The pursuit of invariance in speech signals.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 77, 1199-1202.
309	1979	Lisker, L.	Speech across a linguistic boundary: Category naming and phonetic description.	Amsterdam Studies in the Theory and History of Linguistic Science, IV, 563-571.
258	1978	Lisker, L.	In qualified defense of VOT.	Language and Speech, 21, 375-383.
159	1974	Lisker, L.	On 'explaining' vowel duration variation.	Glossa, 8, 233-246.
134	1972	Lisker, L.	Stop duration and voicing in English.	Papers on linguistics and phonetics in memory of Pierre Delattre (pp. 339-343). The Hague: Mouton
17	1957	Lisker, L.	Closure duration and the intervocalic voiced-voiceless distinction in English.	Language, 33, 42-49.
1126	1999	Lisker, L.	Perceiving final voiceless stops without release: Effects of preceding monophthongs versus nonmonophthongs.	Phonetica, 56, 44-55
862	1993	Lisker, L.	A Plaintive Note re the Recent IPA Revisions.	Revisions of the IPA, 57-61.
565	1986	Lisker, L.	"Voicing" in English: A catalogue of acoustic features signaling /b/ versus /p/ in trochees.	Language and Speech, Vol. 29, Part 1, 3-11.
501	1984	Lisker, L.	How is the aspiration of English /p, t, k/ "predictable"?	Language and Speech, 27, 391-394.
388	1982	Lisker, L.	Letter to the Editor.	Journal of Phonetics, 10, 333-334.
230	1977	Lisker, L.	Factors in the maintenance and cessation of voicing.	Phonetica, 34, 304-306.
186	1975	Lisker, L.	Is it VOT or a first-formant transition detector?	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 57, 1547-1551.
175	1974	Lisker, L.	On time and timing in speech.	Current Trends in Linguistics, 12, 2387-2418.
101	1970	Lisker, L.	Supraglottal air pressure in the production of English stops.	Language and Speech, 13, 215-230.
45	1963	Lisker, L.	On Hultzen's voiceless lenis stops in prevocalic clusters.	Word, 19, 376-387.
19	1957	Lisker, L.	Linguistic segments, acoustic segments, and synthetic speech.	Language, 33, 370-374.
21	1957	Lisker, L.	Minimal cues for separating /w, r, l, y/ in intervocalic position.	Word, 13, 257-267.
586	1987	Lisker, L. , & Abramson, A. .	Phonetic Validation of Distinctive Features: A Test Case in French.	In R. Channon and L. Shockey (eds.), In Honor of Ilse Lehiste (pp. 183-190). Dordrecht: Foris.
57	1964	Lisker, L. & Abramson, A. S.	Stop categorization and voice onset time.	Proceedings of the 5th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, 389-391.
477	1984	Lisker, L. & Baer, T.	Laryngeal management at utterance-internal word boundary in American English.	Language and Speech, 27, 163-171.
53	1964	Lisker, L., & Abramson, A.	Acoustical measurements.	Word, 20, 384-422.
131	1972	Lisker, L., & Abramson, A. S.	Glottal modes in consonant distinctions.	Proceedings of the 7th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp. 366-370). The Hague: Mouton
113	1971	Lisker, L., & Abramson, A. S.	Distinctive features and laryngeal control.	Language, 47, 767-785.
87	1970	Lisker, L., & Abramson, A. S.	The voicing dimension: Some experiments in comparative phonetics.	Proceedings of the 6th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. (pp. 563-567). Prague: Academia.
67	1967	Lisker, L., & Abramson, A. S.	Some effects of context on voice onset time in English stops.	Language and Speech, 10, 1-28.
81	1969	Lisker, L., Abramson, A. S., Cooper, F. S., & Schvey, M. H.	Transillumination of the larynx in running speech.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 45, 1544-1546.
36	1962	Lisker, L., Cooper, F. S., & Liberman, A. M.	The uses of experiment in language description.	Word, 18, 82-106.
238	1977	Lisker, L., Liberman, A. M., Erickson, D. M., Dechovitz, D., & Mandler, R.	On pushing the voice-onset-time (VOT) boundary about.	Language and Speech, 20, 209-216.
853	1992	Lisker, Leigh, and Rossi, Mario.	Auditory and visual cueing of the [±rounded] feature of vowels.	Language and Speech, 35 (4), 391-417.
1064	1997	Lisker, Leigh.	Review of Studies in general and English phonetics: essays in honour of Professor J.D. O’Connor.	J. Linguistics, 33, 1997, 563-641.
973	1995	Lisker, Leigh.	English /w,j/: frictionless approximants or vowels out of place?	Bell-Berti, F., and L.J. Raphael. Producing Speech: Contemporary Issues. For Katherine Safford Harris. AIP Press: New York.
1418	2005	Liu, F., & Xu, Y.	Parallel Encoding of Focus and Interrogative Meaning in Mandarin Intonation	Phonetica, V. 62, pp. 70-87.
1539	2009	Löfqvist, A.	Vowel-to-vowel coarticulation in Japanese: The effect of consonant duration (L).	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, v. 125: no. 2, (2009), pp. 636-639.
1467	2007	Löfqvist, A.	Tongue movement kinematics in long and short Japanese consonants	Journal of Acoustics Society of America, V. 122:No. 1, pp. 512-518.
1437	2006	Löfqvist, A.	Interarticulator programming: Effects of clousure duration on lip and tongue coordination in Japanese	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, V. 120:No. 5, pp. 2872-2883.
1370	2004	Löfqvist, A.	Lip kinematic in long and short stop and fricative consonants~’	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, V. 117: No. 2, pp. 858-878.
1302	2003	Löfqvist, A.	Interarticulator Programming in Speech Production	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 27-32.
1130	1999	Löfqvist, A.	Interarticulator phasing, locus equations, and degree of coarticulation.	Journal of Acousticsal Society of America, 106(4), 2022-2030.
821	1992	Lofqvist, A.	Acoustic and Aerodynamic Effects of Interarticulator Timing In Voiceless Consonants.	Language and Speech, 35(1,2), 15-28.
797	1991	Lofqvist, A.	Inverse filtering as a tool in voice research therapy.	Scand. Journal Log. Phon., 16, 8-16.
328	1980	Lofqvist, A.	Interarticulator programming in stop production.	Journal of Phonetics, 8, 475-490.
1254	2002	Lofqvist, A. & Gracco, V.L.	Control of oral closure in lingual stop consonant production.	Journal of the Acoutical Society of America. 111, 2811-2827.
516	1984	Lofqvist, A. & Yoshioka, A.	Intrasegmental timing: Laryngeal-oral coordination in voiceless consonant production.	Speech Communication, 3, 279-289.
812		Lofqvist, A., & Gracco, V. L.	Discrete and continuous modes in speech motor control.	Paper from the symposium Current Phonetic Research Paradigms: Implications for Speech Motor Control. Stockholm, Sweden, August 13-16, 1991. (pp.27-34).
1112	1999	Löfqvist, A., & Gracco, V.L.	Interarticulator programming in VCV sequences: Lip and tongue movements.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 105, 1864-1876
792	1992	Lofqvist, A., & McGowan, R. S.	Influence of consonantal environment on voice source aerodynamics.	Journal of Phonetics, 20, 93-110.
311	1980	Lofqvist, A., & Yoshioka, H.	Laryngeal activity in Swedish obstruent clusters.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 68, 792-801
363	1981	Lofqvist, A., Baer, T., & Yoshioka, H.	Scaling of glottal opening.	Phonetica, 38, 265-276.
663	1989	Lofqvist, A., Baer, T., McGarr, N. S., & Story, R. S.	The cricothyroid muscle in voicing control.	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, 85(3), 1314-1321.
467	1984	Lofqvist, A., McGarr, N., & Honda, K.	Laryngeal muscles and articulatory control.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 76(3), 951-954.
1051	1997	Löfqvist, Anders, and Gracco, Vincent L.	Lip and jaw kinematics in bilabial stop consonant production.	American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, Journal of Speech, Language and Hearing Research.
937	1994	Löfqvist, Anders, and Lindblom, Björn.	Speech motor control.	Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 4, 823-826.
894	1993	Löfqvist, Anders, Gracco, Vincent L., and Nye, Patrick W.	Recording speech movements using magnetometry: one laboratory’s experience.	Proceedings of the ACCOR Workshop on Electromagnetic Articulography in Phonetic Research, 91-104. München, Germany.
951	1995	Löfqvist, Anders, Koenig, Laura L., and McGowan, Richard S.	Voice source variations in running speech: a study of Mandarin Chinese tones.	Vocal Fold Physiology: Voice Quality Control , edited by O. Fujimura and M. Hirano, Singular Publishing, Inc, San Diego, pp. 3-22.
939	1995	Löfqvist, Anders, Koenig, Laura L., McGowan, Richard S.	Vocal tract aerodynamics in /aCa/ utterances: measurements.	Speech Communication, 16, 49-66.
1029	1997	Löfqvist, Anders.	Theories and Models of Speech Production: “The Speech signal and its description”.	The Handbook of Phonetic Science, edited by Hardcastle, W., and Laver, J. Oxford: Blackwell, 1997, pp. 404-426.
1027	1996	Löfqvist, Anders.	Control of oral closure and release in bilabial stop consonants.	Proceeding of the Sixth Australian International Conference on Speech Science and Technology, edited by McCormack, P. and Russell, A. Canberra: The Australian Speech Science and Technology Association, 1996: pp. 561-566.
971	1995	Löfqvist, Anders.	Laryngeal mechanisms and interarticulator timing in voiceless consonant production.	Bell-Berti, F., and L.J. Raphael. Producing Speech: Contemporary Issues. For Katherine Safford Harris. AIP Press: New York.
895	1993	Löfqvist, Anders.	Electromagnetic transduction techniques in the study of speech motor control.	PHONUM, 2, 87-106.
912	1994	Löfqvist, Aners, and Gracco, Vincent L.	Tongue body kinematics in velar stop production: influences of consonant voicing and vowel context.	Phonetica, 51, 52-67.
1665	2011	Long, D.L., Johns, C.L., Jonathan, E.	A memory-retrieval view of discourse representation: The recollection and familiarity of text ideas. DOI: 10.1080/01690965.2011.587992	Language and Cognitive Processes
31	1960	Lotz, J., Abramson, A. S., Gerstman, L. J., Ingemann, F., & Nemser, W. .	The perception of English stops by speakers of English, Spanish, Hungarian, and Thai: A tape-cutting experiment.	Language and Speech, 3, 71-77.
1465	2007	Lucero, J.C. & Koenig, L.L.	On the relation between the phonation threshold lung pressure and the oscillation frequency of the vocal folds (L)	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, V. 121:No. 6, pp. 3280-3283.
1380	2005	Lucero, J.C. & Koenig, L.L.	Simulations of temporal patterns of oral airflow in men and women using a two-mass model of the vocal folds under dynamic control	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, V. 117:No. 3, Pt. 1, 2005, pp. 1362-1372.
1457	2005	Lucero, J.C. & Koenig, L.L.	Phonation thresholds as a function of laryngeal size in a two-mass model of the vocal folds (L)	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, V. 118:No. 5, pp. 2798-2801.
1304	2003	Lucero, J.C. & Koenig, L.L.	Simulation of VhV sequences in children	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 2905-2908.
1371	2005	Lucero, J.C. & Löfqvist, A.	Measures of articulatory variability in VCV sequences	Acoustics Research Letters Online, V.6: No. 2, April 2005, pp. 80-84.
1182	2000	Lucero, J.C., Koenig, L.L.	Time normalization of voice signals using functional data analysis.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 108,(4),1408-1420.
1640	2011	Lucero, J.C., Koening, L.L., Lourenco, K.G., Ruty, N. & Pelorson, X.	A lumped mucosal wave model of the vocal folds revisited: Recent extensions and oscillation hysteresis	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, v. 129(3), pp. 1568-1579
1065	1997	Lucero, Jorge C., Munhall, Kevin G., Gracco, Vincent L., and Ramsay, James O.	On the Registration of Time and the Patterning of Speech Movements.	Journal of Speech, Language and Hearing Research, 40, 1111-1117, Oct. 1997.
744	1990	Lukatela, G, & Turvey, M. T.	Automatic and Pre-lexical Computation of Phonology in Visual Word Identification.	European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 2(4), 325-343.
603	1987	Lukatela, G. & Turvey, M. T.	Loci of phonological effects in the lexical access of words written in a shallow orthography.	Psychol. Res., 49, 139-146.
1155	2000	Lukatela, G. & Turvey, M.T.	Do spelling variations affect associative and phonological priming by pseudohomophones?	Perception and Psychophysics. 62 (1), 196-217.
704	1990	Lukatela, G., & Turvey, M.	Phonemic similarity effects and prelexical phonology.	Memory & Cognition, 18 (2), 128-152.
778	1991	Lukatela, G., & Turvey, M. T.	Phonological Access of the Lexicon: Evidence From Associative Priming With Pseudohomophones.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 17(4), 951-966.
1164	2000	Lukatela, G., & Turvey, M.T.	An evaluation of the two-cyces model of phonology assembly.	Journal of Memory and Language, 42, 183-207.
1090	1998	Lukatela, G., & Turvey, M.T.	Reading in two alphabets.	American Psychologist,. 53, 1057-1072.
583	1987	Lukatela, G., Carello, C., & Turvey, M.	Lexical representation of regular and irregular inflected nouns.	Language and Cognitive Processes, Vol. 2, No. 1, 1-17.
736	1990	Lukatela, G., Carello, C., & Turvey, M. T.	Phonemic, Associative, and Grammatical Context Effects With Identified And Unidentified Primes.	Language and Speech, 33(1), 1-18.
745	1990	Lukatela, G., Carello, C., & Turvey, M. T.	Phonemic Priming with Words and Pseudowords.	European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 2(4), 375-394.
631	1988	Lukatela, G., Carello, C., & Turvey, M. T.	Low-constraint facilitation in lexical decision with single-word contexts.	American Journal of Psychology, Vol. 101, No. 1, 15-29.
535	1986	Lukatela, G., Carello, C., Savic, M., & Turvey, M.	Hemispheric Asymmetries in Phonological Processing.	Neuropsychologia, Vol.24, No. 3, 341-350.
1106	1998	Lukatela, G., Carello, C., Savic;, M., Urosevic;, Z., & Turvey, M.T.	When nonwords activate semantics better than words.	Cognition, 68, B31-B40
1195	2000	Lukatela, G., Eaton, T., Lee, C. & Turvey, M.T.	Does visual word identification involve a sub-phonemic level?	Cognition, 78, B41-B52.
1243	2002	Lukatela, G., Eaton, T., Lee, C.H., Carello, C., & Turvey, M.T.	Equal homophonic priming with words and pseudohomophones	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance. 28, 3-21
1469	2007	Lukatela, G., Eaton, T., Moreno, M.A. & Turvey, M.T.	Equivalent inter- and intramodality long-term priming: Evidence for a common lexicon for words seen and words heard	Memory & Cognition, V. 35:No.4(2007), pp. 781-800.
1332	2004	Lukatela, G., Eaton, T., Sabadini, L. & Turvey, M.T.	Vowel Duration Affects Visual Word Identification: Evidence That the Mediating Phonology Is Phonetically Informed	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, v. 30:no.1, pp. 151-162.
673	1989	Lukatela, G., Feldman, L. B., Turvey, M. T., Carello, C. & Katz, L.	Context Effects in Bi-alphabetical Word Perception.	Journal of Memory & Language 28, 214-236.
1120	1999	Lukatela, G., Frost, S.J., & Turvey, M.T.	Identity priming in English is compromised by phonological ambiguity.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 25, 3,775-790.
1098	1998	Lukatela, G., Frost, S.J., & Turvey, M.T.	Phonological priming by masked nonword primes in the lexical decision task.	Journal of Memory and Language, 39, 666-683.
315	1980	Lukatela, G., Gligorijevic, B., Kostic, A., & Turvey, M. T.	Representation of inflected nouns in the internal lexicon.	Memory & Cognition, 8, 415-423.
397	1983	Lukatela, G., Kostic, A., Feldman, L. B., & Turvey, M. T.	Grammatical priming of inflected nouns.	Memory & Cognition, 11, 59-63.
589	1987	Lukatela, G., Kostic, A., Todorovic, D., Carello, C., & Turvey, M. T.	Type and number of violations and the grammatical congruency effect in lexical decision.	Psychological Review, 49, 37-43.
346	1981	Lukatela, G., Lorenc, B., Ognjenovic, P., & Turvey, M. T.	A word superiority effect in a phonetically precise orthography.	Language and Speech, 24, 173-183.
859	1993	Lukatela, G., Lukatela, K., & Turvey, M. T.	Further evidence for phonological constraints on visual lexical access: TOWED primes FROG.	Perception & Psychophysics, 53(5), 461-466.
1109	1999	Lukatela, G., Lukatela, K., Carello, C. & Turvey, M.T.	Effects of frequency and phonological ambiguity on naming Serbo-Croatian words.	European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 11, 1-16
886	1993	Lukatela, G., Lukatela, K., Carello, C., & Turvey, M. T.	Reduction in Alphabet Priming With Delay and Degradation.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 19(5), 1094-1100.
253	1978	Lukatela, G., Mandic, Z., Gligorijevic, B., Kostic, A., Savic, M., & Turvey, M. T.	Lexical decision for inflected nouns.	Language and Speech, 21, 166-173.
400	1982	Lukatela, G., Moraca, J., Stojnov, D., Savic, M., Katz, L., & Turvey, M. T.	Grammatical priming effects between pronouns and inflected verb forms.	Psychological Research (Psychologische Forschung), 44, 297-311.
289	1980	Lukatela, G., Popadic, D., Ognjenovic, P., & Turvey, M. T.	Lexical decision in a phonologically shallow orthography.	Memory & Cognition, 8, 124-132.
252	1978	Lukatela, G., Savic, M., Gligorijevic, B., Ognjenovic, P., & Turvey, M. T.	Bi-alphabetical lexical decision.	Language and Speech, 21, 142-165.
762	1991	Lukatela, G., Turvey, M. T., & Todorovic, D.	Is Alphabet Biasing in Bialphabetical Word Perception Automatic and Prelexical?	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 17(4), 653-663.
672	1989	Lukatela, G., Turvey, M. T., Feldman, L. B., Carello, C. & Katz, L.	Alphabet Priming in Bi-alphabetical Word Perception.	Journal of Memory & Language 28, 237-254.
1011	1996	Lukatela, George, and Turvey, M.T.	Inhibition of naming by rhyming primes.	Perception & Psychophysics, 58 (6), 823-835.
927	1994	Lukatela, Georgije, and Turvey, M.T.	Visual lexical access is initially phonological: 2. evidence from phonological priming by homophones and pseudohomophones.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 123 (4), 331-353.
908	1994	Lukatela, Georgije, and Turvey, M.T.	Visual lexical access is initially phonological: 1. evidence from associative priming by words, homophones, and psuedohomophones.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 123 (2), 107-128.
854	1993	Lukatela, Georgije, and Turvey, M.T.	Similar attentional, requency, and associative effects for pseudohomophones and words.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 19 (1), 166-178.
1032	1996	Lukatela, Georgije, Carello, Claudia, Peter, Mira, Lukatela, Katerina, and Turvey, M.T.	Visual and associative factors in processing Serbo-Croatian words.	European Journal of Congitive Psychology, 1996, 8 (4), 321-339.
1041	1997	Lukatela, Georgije, Savic, Milan, Urosevic, Zoran, and Turvey, M.T.	Phonological ambiguity impairs identity priming in naming and lexical decision.	Journal of Memory and Language, 36, 1997, 360-381.
620	1988	Lukatela, K., Crain, S., & Shankweiler, D.	Sensitivity to Inflectional Morphology in Agrammatism: Investigation of a Highly Inflected Language.	Brain and Language, 33, 1-15.
944	1995	Lukatela, Katarina, Shankweiler, Donald, and Crain, Stephen.	Syntactic processing in agrammatic aphasia by speakers of a Slavic language.	Brain and Language, 49, 50-76.
992	1995	Lukatela, Katerina, Carello, Claudia, Shankweiler, Donald, and Liberman, Isabelle Y.	Phonological awareness in illiterates: observations from Serbo-Croatian.	Applied Psycholinguistics, 16, 463-487.
694	1989	Macaruso, P., Bar-Shalom, E., Crain, S., & Shankweiler, D.	Comprehension of Temporal Terms by Good and Poor Readers.	Language and Speech, 32(1), 45-67.
877	1993	Macaruso, P., Shankweiler, D., Byrne, B., & Crain, S.	Poor readers are not easy to fool: Comprehension of adjectives with exceptional control properties.	Applied Psycholinguistics, 14, 285-298.
366	1981	MacKain, K. S., Best, C. T., & Strange, W.	Categorical perception of English /r/ and /l/ by Japanese bilinguals.	Applied Psycholinguistics, 2, 369-390.
407	1983	MacKain, K., Studdert-Kennedy, M., Spieker, S., & Stern, D.	Infant intermodal speech perception is a left-hemisphere function.	Science, 219, 1347-1349.
44	1963	MacNeilage, P.	Electromyographic and acoustic study of the production of certain final clusters.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 35, 461-463.
49	1964	MacNeilage, P. F.	Typing errors as clues to serial ordering mechanisms in language behavior.	Language and Speech, 7, 144-159.
47	1964	MacNeilage, P. F. & Sholes, G. N.	An electromyographic study of the tongue during vowel production.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 7, 209-232.
68	1967	MacNeilage, P. F., Rootes, T. P., & Chase, R. A.	Speech production and perception in a patient with severe impairment of somesthetic perception and motor control.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 10, 449-467.
628a	1987	MacNeilage, P. F., Studdert-Kennedy, M. G., & Lindblom,	Primate handedness reconsidered. (Commentaries)	Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 11(4), 720-746.
628b	1991	MacNeilage, P. F., Studdert-Kennedy, M. G., & Lindblom, B.	Primate handedness reconsidered. (Commentaries)	Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 14(2), 338-349.
552	1984	MacNeilage, P. F., Studdert-Kennedy, M., & Lindblom, B.	Functional precursors to language and its lateralization.	American Physiological Society, R912-914.
628	1987	MacNeilage, P. F., Studdert-Kennedy, M., & Lindblom, B.	Primate handedness reconsidered.	Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 10, 247-303.
551	1986	MacNeilage, P. F., Studdert-Kennedy, M., & Lindblom, B.	Planning and Production of Speech: An Overview.	ASHA Reports, 15-19.
469	1984	MacNeilage, P. F., Studdert-Kennedy, M., & Lindblom, B.	Functional precursors to language and its lateralization.	American Journal of Physiology: Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology, 246, R912-914.
1305	2003	Magen, H.S.	Perception of Diphthongized Vowels in Rhode Island English	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 1453-1456.
1276	2003	Magen, H.S., Kang, A.M., Tiede, M.K. & Whalen, D.H.	Posterior Pharyngeal Wall Position in the Production of Speech	Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research, v. 46, pp. 241-251.
1512	2008	Magnuson, J.S.	Noneterminism, Pleiotropy, and Single-Word Reading: Theoretical and Practical Concerns.	Single Word Reading, E. Grigorenko & A. Naples (Eds.) Mahweh, NJ: Erlbaum, pp. 377-404.
1392	2005	Magnuson, J.S.	Moving hand reveals dynamics of thought	Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, V. 102: No. 29, pp. 9995-9996.
1460	2007	Magnuson, J.S. & Nusbaum, H.C.	Acoustic Differences, Listener Expectations, and the Perceptual Accommodation of Talker Variability	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance
1449	2007	Magnuson, J.S., Dixon, J.A., Tanenhaus, M.K., & Aslin, R.N.	The Dynamics of Lexical Competition During Spoken Word Recognition	Cognitive Science, V. 31, pp. 131-156.
1657	2011	Magnuson, J.S., Kukona, A., Braze, D., Johns, C.L., Van Dyke, J.A., Tabor, W.,Mencl, W.E., Pugh, K.R. and Shankweiler, D.P.	Phonological Instability in Young Adult Poor Readers	In Dyslexia Across Languages, Orthography and the Brain-Gene-Behavior Link, (Ed.) McCardle, P., Miller, B., Lee, J.R., Tzeng, O.J.L. Paul H. Brookes Publishing Co, pp. 184-201.
1511	2008	Magnuson, J.S., Tanenhaus, M.K. & Aslin, R.N.	Immediate effects of form-class constraints on spoken word recognition.	Cognition, v. 108, pp. 866-873.
1356	2004	Malfait, N. & Ostry, D.J.	Is Interlimb Transfer of Force-Field Adaptation a Cognitive Response to the Sudden Introduction of Load?	The Journal of Neuroscience, V. 24: No. 37, pp. 8084-8089.
1386	2005	Malfait, N., Gribble, P.L. & Ostry, D.J.	Generalization of Motor Learning Based on Multiple Field Exposures and Local Adaptation	Journal of Neurophysiol, V.93, pp. 3327-3338.
1267	2002	Malfait, N.,Shiller, D.M. & Ostry, D.	Transfer of motor learning across arm configurations.	The Journal of Neuroscience, 22(22), 9656-9660.
595	1987	Mann V. A., Tobin, P. & Wilson,	Measuring Phonological Awareness Through the Invented Spellings of Kindergarten Children.	Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, Vol. 33, No. 3, 365-391.
593	1986	Mann, V.	Phonological awareness: The role of reading experience.	Cognition, 24, 65-92.
592	1986	Mann, V. A.	Distinguishing universal and language-dependent levels of speech perception: Evidence from Japanese listeners' perception of English "I" and "r".	Cognition, 24, 169-196.
527	1985	Mann, V. A.	A Cross-Linguistic Perspective on the Relation Between Temporary Memory Skills and Early Reading Ability.	Remedial and Special Education, 6(6), 37-42
476	1984	Mann, V. A.	Longitudinal prediction and prevention of early reading difficulty.	Annals of Dyslexia, 34, 117-136.
454	1984	Mann, V. A.	Reading skill and language skill.	Developmental Review, 4, 1-15.
320	1980	Mann, V. A.	Influence of preceding liquid on stop consonant perception.	Perception & Psychophysics, 28, 407-412.
539	1986	Mann, V. A.	Why Some Children Encounter Reading Problems: The Contribution of Difficulties with Language Processing and Phonological Sophistication to Early Reading Disability.	In : Psychological and Educational Perspectives on Learning Disabilities, Torgesen, J.K., Wong, B. Y., Academic Press, 133-159.
654	1988	Mann, V. A., & Brady, S.A.	Reading Disability: The Role of Language Deficiencies.	Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 56, 811-816.
429	1983	Mann, V. A., & Liberman, A. M.	Some differences between phonetic and auditory modes of perception.	Cognition, 14, 211-235.
482	1984	Mann, V. A., & Liberman, I. Y.	Phonological awareness and verbal short-term memory: Can they presage early reading problems?	Journal of Learning Disabilities, 17, 592-599.
313	1980	Mann, V. A., & Repp, B. H.	Influence of vocalic context on the perception of [integral]-[s] distinction: I. Temporal factors.	Perception & Psychophysics, 28, 213-228.
332	1981	Mann, V. A., & Repp, B. H.	Influence of preceding fricative on stop consonant perception.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 69, 548-558.
307	1980	Mann, V. A., Liberman, I. Y., & Shankweiler, D.	Children's memory for sentences and word strings in relation to reading ability.	Memory & Cognition, 8, 329-335.
475	1984	Mann, V. A., Shankweiler, D., & Smith, S.	The association between comprehension of spoken sentences and early reading ability: The role of phonetic representation.	Journal of Child Language, II, 627-643.
498	1985	Mann, V. A., Sharlin, H. M., & Dorman, M.	Children's perception of sibilants: The relation between articulation and perceptual development.	Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 39, 252-264.
1497	2008	Marciarille LeVasseur, V., Macaruso, P., Shankweiler, D.	Promoting gains in reading fluency: a comparison of three approaches	Reading and Writing, V. 21, pp. 205-230.
1312	2003	Mark Tiede, Joseph Perkell, Majid Zandipour, Melanie Matthies and Ellen Stockmann	A New Approach To Pressure-Sensitive Palatography Using A Capacitive Sensing Device	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp.3149-3152
223	1977	Mark, L. S., Shankweiler, D., Liberman, I. Y., & Fowler, C. A.	Phonetic recoding and reading difficulty in beginning readers.	Memory & Cognition, 5, 623-629
1054	1997	Marschark, Marc, Siple, Patricia, Lillo-Martin, Diane, Campbell, Ruth, and Everhart, Victoria S.	Relations of langauge and thought: the view from sign language and deaf children.	Marschark, Marc, Siple, Patricia, Lillo-Martin, Diane, Campbell, Ruth, and Everhart, Victoria S, Relations of Language and Thought. Oxford University Press, New York: 1997.
421	1983	Marshall, C. W. & Nye, P. W.	Stress and vowel duration effects on syllable recognition.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 74, 433-443.
1606	2010	Mattar, A.A.G. & Ostry, D.J.	Generalization of Dynamics Learning Across Changes in Movement Amplitude	Journal of Neurophysiol, 104, pp. 426-438.
1479	2007	Mattar, A.A.G. & Ostry, D.J.	Modifiability of Generalization in Dynamics Learning	Journal of Neurophysiol, V. 98, pp. 3321-3329.
1443	2006	Mattar, A.A.G. & Ostry, D.J.	Neural Averaging in Motor Learning	Journal of Neurophysiol, V, 97, pp. 220-228.
63	1966	Mattingly , I. G.	Synthesis by rule of prosodic features.	Language and Speech, 9, 1-13.
739	1990	Mattingly, I.	The global character of phonetic gestures.	Journal of Phonetics, 18, 445-452.
804	1991	Mattingly, I. G.	In Defense of the Motor Theory.	Paper from the symposium Current Phonetic Research Paradigms: Implications for Speech Motor Control. Stockholm, Sweden, August 13-16, 1991. (pp.167-172).
173	1974	Mattingly, I. G.	Speech synthesis for phonetic and phonological models.	In T. A. Sebeok (Ed.), Current trends in linguistics (Vol. 12) (pp. 2451-2487). The Hague: Mouton.
103	1971	Mattingly, I. G.	Synthesis by rule as a tool for phonological research.	Language and Speech, 14, 47-56.
101a	1970	Mattingly, I. G.	Phonetic Prerequisites for first-language acquisition.
1095	1998	Mattingly, I. G.	Why did coarticulation evolve?	Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 21, 275-276.
665	1987	Mattingly, I. G.	Morphological Structure and Segmental Awareness.	C.P.C.: Cahiers de Psychologie Cognitive European Bulletin of Cognitive Psychology, 7, 488-493.
528	1985	Mattingly, I. G.	Did Orthographies Evolve?	Remedial and Special Education, 6(6), 18-23.
516a	1984	Mattingly, I. G.	Reading, Linguistic Awareness, and Language Acquisition.	Chapter in Language Awareness and Learning to Read. Edited by John Downing and Renate Valtin. Springer-Verlag, New York.
358	1981	Mattingly, I. G.	Phonetic representation and speech synthesis by rule.	In T. Myers, J. Laver, & J. Anderson (Eds.), The cognitive representation of speech. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 415-420.
281	1980	Mattingly, I. G.	Epimenides at the Computer. A review by Ignatius G. Mattingly of Godel, Escher, Bach: An Eternal Golden Braid, by Douglas R. Hofstadter, Basic Books.	The Yale Review.
246	1978	Mattingly, I. G.	Book review: The skills of the plodder., edited by Arthur S. Reber and Don L. Scarborough.	Contemporary Psychology, 23, 731-732.
117	1972	Mattingly, I. G.	Speech cues and sign stimuli.	American Scientist, 60, 327-337.
75	1968	Mattingly, I. G.	Experimental methods for speech synthesis by rule.	IEEE Transactions on Audio and Electroacoustics, AU-16, 198-202.
140	1972	Mattingly, I. G. & Kavanagh, J. F.	The relationships between speech and reading	The Linguistic Reporter, DHEW Publication No. NIH 73-475.
85	1969	Mattingly, I. G. & Liberman, A. M.	The speech code and the physiology of language.	Information processing in the nervous system. Springer-Verlag.
547	1985	Mattingly, I. G., & Liberman, A.	Verticality unparalleled. Commentary/Fodor: Modularity of mind.	The Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 8:1, 24-26.
728	1990	Mattingly, I. G., & Liberman, A. M.	Speech and Other Auditory Modules.	In G. M. Edelman, W. E. Gall and W. M. Cowan (Eds.), Signal and Sense: Local and Global order in Perceptual Maps. New York: Wiley. (pp.501-520).
643	1988	Mattingly, I. G., & Liberman, A. M.	Specialized Perceiving Systems for Speech and Other Biologically Significant Sounds.	In G. M. Edelman, W. E. Gall and W. M. Cowan, Auditory Function, 775-793. Wiley: New York.
105	1971	Mattingly, I. G., Liberman, A. M., Syrdal, A. M., & Halwes, T.	Discrimination in speech and nonspeech modes.	Cognitive Psychology, 2, 131-157
1165	1999	Mattingly, I.G. & Hasiao, P.L.	Are Phonetic elements in Chinese characters drawn from a syllabary?	Psychologia : an International Journal of Psychology in the Orient. v.42(4), 281-289.
935	1994	Mattingly, Ignatius G.	Horizontal and vertical views of Chinese psycholinguistics.	Advances in the Study of Chinese Language Processing.
910	1994	Mattingly, Ignatius G.	Book review: The Linguistics of Literacy, edited by Pamela Downing, Susan D. Liman and Michael Noonan.	Language and Speech, 37 (1), 87-93.
839	1992	Mattingly, Ignatius G.	Chapter 1: Linguistic awareness and orthographic form.	Orthography, Phonology, Morphology, and Meaning, edited by R. Frost and L. Katz. Elsevier Science Publishers, B.V. 11-26.
888	1991	Mattingly, Ignatius G.	Modularity, working memory, and reading disability.	Phonological Processes in Literacy, edited by S.A. Brady and D.P. Shankweiler. Erlbaum, pp.163-171.
1144	1998	Mattingly, Ignatius G.	A short history of acoustic phonetics in the U.S.	Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, San Francisco, CA, 1-6.
934	1994	Mattingly, Ignatius G., Xu Yi.	Word superiority in Chinese.	Advances in the Study of Chinese Language Processing, 1.
1311	2003	Maureen Stone, Vijay Parthasarathy, Khalil Iskarous, Moriel NessAiver, Jerry L. Prince	Tissue strains and tongue shapes: Combining tMRI and Ultrasound.	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp.273-276.
1306	2003	Max, L., Wallace, M.E. & Vincent, I.	Sensorimotor adaptation to auditory perturbations during speech: Acoustic and kinematic experiments.	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 1053-1056.
355	1981	May, J. G.	Acoustic factors that may contribute to categorical perception.	Language and Speech, 24, 273-284.
432	1983	McGarr, N. S.	The intelligibility of deaf speech to experienced and inexperienced listeners.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 451-458.
440	1983	McGarr, N. S., & Gelfer, C.	Simultaneous measurements of vowels produced by a hearing- impaired speaker.	Language and Speech, 26, 233-246.
636	1988	McGarr, N. S., & Lofqvist, A.	Laryngeal kinematics in voiceless obstruents produced by hearing- impaired speakers.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, Vol. 31, 234-239.
374	1982	McGarr, N. S., & Lofqvist, A.	Obstruent production in hearing-impaired speakers: Interarticulator timing and acoustics.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 72, 34-42
865	1992	McGarr, N. S., & Whitehead, R.	Contemporary Issues in Phoneme Production By Hearing-Impaired Persons: Physiological and Acoustic Aspects.	The Volta Review, 94, 33-45.
356	1981	McGarr, Nancy S.	The effect of context on the intelligibility of hearing and deaf children's speech	Language and speech, Vol. 24, Part 3
978	1995	McGarr, Nancy S., and Campbell, Melanie McNutt.	Ephphatha: opening inroads to understanding articulatory organization in persons with hearing impairment.	Bell-Berti, F. and Raphael, L.J. Producing Speech: Contemporary Issues. For Katerhine Safford Harris. AIP Press: New York.
763	1991	McGowan, R.	Nonlinearities for one-dimensional propagation in the vocal tract.	Journal of Phonetics, 19, 425-432.
807	1992	McGowan, R. S.	Tongue-tip trills and vocal-tract wall compliance.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 91(5), 2903-2910.
795	1991	McGowan, R. S.	Phonation from a Continuum Mechanics Point of View.	In J. Gauffin and B. Hammarbert (Eds.), Vocal Fold Physiology. Acoustic, Perceptual, and Physiological Aspects of Voice Mechanisms.
678	1989	McGowan, R. S.	Comments on "On the measurement of glottal flow".	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, 85(6), 2672-2673.
629	1988	McGowan, R. S.	An aeroacoustic approach to phonation.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 83(2), 696-704.
880	1993	McGowan, R. S.	The quasisteady approximation in speech production.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 94(5), 3011-3013.
621	1988	McGowan, R. S., & Nittrouer, S.	Differences in fricative production between children and adults: Evidence from an acoustic analysis of /∫/ and /s/.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 83(1), 229-236.
1434	2006	McGowan, R.S.	Perception of synthetic vowel exemplars of 4 year old children and estimation of their corresponding vocal tract shapes	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, V. 120:No. 5, pp. 2850-2858.
919	1994	McGowan, R.S.	Recovering task dynamics from speech acoustics: numerical results and the application of the method in speech technology.	Proceedings of Technical Conference on Telecommunications R & D in Massachusetts. University of Massachusetts, Lowell, MA. pp. 33-44.
947	1995	McGowan, R.S., and Saltzman, E.L.	Incorporating aerodynamic and laryngeal components into task dynamics.	Journal of Phonetics, 23, 255-269.
1630	2011	McGowan, R.W., Levitt, A.G.	A Comparison of Rhythm in English Dialects and Music	Music Perception, v. 28(3), pp. 307-313.
980	1995	McGowan, Richard S.	Recovering task dynamics from formant frequency trajectories: results using computer “babbling” to form an indexed data base.	Bell-Berti, F. and Raphael, L.J. Producing Speech: Contemporary Issues. For Katerhine Safford Harris. AIP Press: New York.
958	1995	McGowan, Richard S.	Knowledge from speech production used in speech technology: articulatory synthesis.	15th International Congress on Acoustics. Trondheim, Norway 26-30, June 1995.
900	1994	McGowan, Richard S.	Recovering articulatory movement from formant frequency trajectories using task dynamics and a genetic alogrithm: preliminary model tests.	Speech Communication, 14, 19-48.
993	1996	McGowan, Richard S., & Lee, Mindy.	Task dynamic and articulatory recovery of lip and velar approximations under model mismatch conditions.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 99 (1), January 1996.
1016	1996	McGowan, Richard S., and Faber, Alice.	Introduction to papers on speech recognition and perception from an articulatory point of view.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 99 (3), March 1996.
938	1995	McGowan, Richard S., Koenig, Laura L., and Löfqvist, Anders.	Vocal tract aerodynamics in /aCa/ utterances: simulations.	Speech Communication, 16, 67-88.
1085	1997	McRoberts, G.W. & Best, C.T.	Accommodation in mean fo during mother-infant and father-infant vocal interaction: a longitudinal case study.	Journal of Child Language, 24, 719-736.
1530	2009	McRoberts, G.W., McDonough, C., Lakusta, L.	The Role of Verbal Repetition in the Development of Infant Speech Preferences From 4 to 14 Months of Age.	Infancy, V. 14:no.2, pp. 162-194.
1019	1995	McRoberts, Gerald W., Studdert-Kennedy, Michael, and Shankweiler, Donald P.	The role of fundamental frequency in signaling linguistic stress and affect: evidence for a dissociation.	Perception & Psychophysics, 57 (2), 159-174.
1589	2009	Mencl, W.E., Frost, S.J. and Pugh, K.R.	Tools for Multimodal Imaging	n How Children Learn to Read: Current Issues and New Directions In the Integration of Cognition, Neurobiology and Genetics of Reading and Dyslexia Research and Practice, (Ed: Pugh, K.R. & McCardle, P.) pp. 87-98.
235	1978	Mermelstein, P.	On the relationship between vowel and consonant identification when cued by the same acoustic information.	Perception & Psychophysics, 23, 331-336.
239	1978	Mermelstein, P.	Recognition of monosyllabic words in continuous sentences using composite word templates.	IEEE Transactions on Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing, 708-711.
171	1975	Mermelstein, P.	A phonetic-context controlled strategy for segmentation and phonetic labeling of speech.	IEEE Transactions on Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing, 23, 79-82.
234	1978	Mermelstein, P.	Difference limens for formant frequencies of steady-state and consonant-bound vowels.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 63(2), 572-580.
211	1977	Mermelstein, P.	On detecting nasals in continuous speech.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 61, 581-587.
192	1975	Mermelstein, P.	Automatic segmentation of speech into syllable units.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 58, 880-883.
379	1982	Metz, D. E., Whitehead, R. L., & McGarr, N. S	Physiological aspects of speech produced by deaf persons.	Audiology, 7, 35-48.
143	1973	Michaels, C. F., & Turvey, M. T.	Hemiretinae and non-monotonic masking functions with overlapping stimuli.	Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 2, 163-164
286	1979	Michaels, C. F., & Turvey, M. T.	Central sources of visual masking: Indexing structures supporting seeing at a single brief glance.	Psychological Research, 4, 1-61.
963	1995	Milekic, S., Boskovic, Z., Crain, S., and Shankweiler, D.	Comprehension on nonlexical categories in agrammatism.	Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 24 (4).
1492	2008	Miller, A., Namaseb, L. & Iskarous, K.	Tongue body constriction differences in click types	In Jennifer Cole & Jose Ignacio Hualde (Eds.) Laboratory Phonology 9, Mouton de Greuyter is a Division of Walter De Gruyter Inc. Berlin, New York, pp. 643-656.
1420	2006	Miller, B., Juhasz, B.J. & Rayner, K.	The orthographic uniqueness point and eye movements during reading	British Journal of Psychology, V. 97, pp. 191-216.
412	1983	Miller, J. L., & Baer, T.	Some effects of speaking rate on the production of /b/ and /w/.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 73, 1751-1755.
285	1979	Miller, J. L., & Liberman, A. M.	Some effects of later-occurring information on the perception of stop consonant and semivowel.	Perception & Psychophysics, 25, 457-465
1558	2009	Mirman, D. & Magnuson, J.S.	Dynamics of activation of semantically similar concepts during spoken word recognition.	Memory & Cognition
1572	2009	Mirman, D. & Magnuson, J.S.	The effect of frequency of shared features on judgments of semantic similarity	Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, V. 16:no.4, pp. 671-677.
1487	2008	Mirman, D. & Magnuson, J.S.	Attractor Dynamics and Semantic Neighborhood Density: Processing Is Slowed by Near neighbors and Speeded by Distant Neighbors	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, V.34:No. 1, pp.65-79.
1495	3008	Mirman, D., Dixon, J.A., Magnuson, J.S.	Statistical and computational models of the visual world paradigm: Growth curves and individual differences	Journal of Memory and Language (2008), doi:10.1016/j.jml.2007.11.006
1628	2010	Mirman, D., Graf Estes, K., Magnuson, J.S.	Computational Modeling of Statistical Learning: Effects of Transitional Probability Versus Frequency and Links to Word Learning	Infancy, 15(5), 2010, pp. 471-486.
1509	2008	Mirman, D., Magnuson, J.S., Estes, K.G. & Dixon, J.A.	The link between statistical segmentation and word learning in adults.	Cognition, V. 108, pp. 271-280.
1494	2008	Mirman, D., McClelland, J.L., Holt, L.L., Magnuson, J.S.	Effects of Attention on the Strength of Lexical Influences on Speech Perception: Behavioral Experiments and Computational Mechanisms	Cognitive Science, V. 32, pp. 398-417.
1568	2010	Mirman, D., Strauss, T.J., Dixon, J.A. & Magnuson, J.S.	Effect of Representational Distance Between Meansings on Recognition of Ambiguous Spoken Words	Cognitive Science, v. 34, pp. 161-173.
1642	2011	Mirman, D., Yee, E., Blumstein, S.E., Magnuson, J.S.	Theories of spoken word recognition deficits in Aphasia: Evidence from eye-tracking and computational modeling.	Brain & Language
1676	2012	Mirman, D.,Irwin, J.R., Stephen, D.G.	Eye movement dynamics and cognitive self-organization in typical and atypical development	Cognitive Neurodynamics, v.6, pp. 61-73.
194	1975	Miyawaki, K., Strange, W., Verbrugge, R., Liberman, A. M., Jenkins, J. J., & Fujimura, O.	An effect of linguistic experience: The discrimination of [r] and [l] by native speakers of Japanese and English.	Perception & Psychophysics, 18, 331-340.
1037	1997	Mody, M., Studdert-Kennedy, M., and Brady, S.A.	Speech perception deficits in poor readers: auditory processing or phonological coding?	Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 64, 1997, 199-231.
1491	2008	Mongillo, E.A., Irwin, J.R., Whalen, D.H., Klaiman, C., Carter, A.S., Schultz, R.T.	Audiovisual Processing in Children with and without Autism Spectrum Disorders	Journal of Autism Developmental Disorder
1573	2010	Mooshammer, C.	Acoustic and Laryngographic measures of the laryngeal reflexes of linguistic prominence and vocal effort in German.	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, v. 127:no.2 (2010), pp. 1047-1058.
1503	2008	Mooshammer, C. & Geng, C.	Acoustic and articulatory manifestations of vowel reduction in German	Journal of the International Phonetic Association, V.38:No.2(2008), pp. 117-136.
1625	2011	Moreno, M.A., Stepp, N., Turvey, M.T.	Whole body lexical decision	Neuroscience Letters 490, 2011, pp. 126-129.
464	1984	Morrongiello, B. A., Robson, R. C., Best, C. T., & Clifton, R. K.	Trading relations in the perception of speech by 5-year-old children.	Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 37, 231-250.
1247	2001	Müller, Kurt & Brady, S.A.	Correlates of early reading performance in a tranparent orthography.	Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 14, 757-799.
515	1985	Munhall, K. G.	An examination of intra-articulator relative timing.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 78, 1548-1553.
569	1986	Munhall, K. G.	Motor equivalence and goal descriptors.	Behavioral and Brain Sciences, Vol. 9, No. 4, 615-616.
502	1985	Munhall, K. G., Ostry, D. J., & Parush, A.	Characteristics of velocity profiles of speech movements.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 11, 457-474.
522	1985	Munhall, K. G.& Kelso, J. A. S.	The Role of Similarity Analysis in Understanding Movement.	Journal of Motor Behavior, Vol. 17, No. 4, 493-498.
801	1992	Munhall, K., & Lofqvist, A.	Gestural aggregation in speech: laryngeal gestures.	Journal of Phonetics, 20, 111-126.
1006	1994	Munhall, Kevin G., Löfqvist, Anders, and Jelso, J.A. Scott.	Lip-larynx coordination in speech: effects of mechanical perturbations to the lower lip.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 95 (6), June 1994.
772	1991	Murphy, A. L., McGarr, N. S., & Bell-Berti, F.	Acoustic Analysis of Stress Contrasts Produced by Hearing-Impaired Children.	The Volta Review, Feb/Mar 1990, 80-91.
658	1988	Muta, H., Baer, T., Wagatsuma, K., Muraoka, T. & Fukuda, H.	A pitch-synchronous analysis of hoarseness in running speech.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 84(4), 1292-1301.
1631	2010	Myers, E.H., Hampson, M., Vohr, B., Lacadie, C., Frost, S.J., Pugh, K.R., Katz, K.H., Schneider, K.C., Makuch, R.W., Constable, R.T., Ment, L.R,	Functional connectivity to a right hemisphere language center in prematurely born adolescents	NeuroImage, v. 51 2010, pp. 1445-1452.
1224	1995	Naigles, L. G. Fowler, A.E. , Helm, A.	Syntactic bootstrapping from start to finish with special reference to Down syndrome.	In : Tomasello, M. & Merriman, W. E.(Eds.) Beyond names for things: Young children's acquisition of verbs. pp. 299-330. Hillsdale, NJ, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.
844	1992	Naigles, Letitia G., Fowler, Anne, and Helm, Atessa.	Developmental shifts in the construction of verb meanings.	Cognitive Developmenmt, 7, 403-427.
1307	2003	Nam, H. & Saltzman, E.	A Competitive, Coupled Oscillator Model of Syllable Structure *Work supported by NIH grant DC-0663 to Haskins Laboratories. Louis Goldstein should also be considered an author of this paper.	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 2253-2256.
1602	2008	Nam, H., Saltzman, E., Krivokapic, J., & Goldstein, L.	Modeling the durational difference of stressed vs. unstressed syllables.	8th Phonetic Conference of China.
575	1987	Napps, S. E., & Fowler, C. A.	Formal relationships among words and the organization of the mental lexicon.	Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, Vol. 16, No. 3, 257-272.
1508	2008	Nasir, S.M. & Ostry, D.J.	Speech motor learning in profoundly deaf adults	Nature Neuroscience, Online: doi:10.1038/nn.2193
1441	2006	Nasir, S.M. & Ostry, D.J.	Somatosensory Precision in Speech Production	Current Biology, V. 16, pp. 1918-1923.
1163	2000	Ni, W., Constable, R.T., Mencl, W.E., Pugh, K.R., Fulbright, R.K., Shaywitz, S.E, Shaywitz, B.A., Gore, J.C., & Shankweiler, D.	An event-related neuroimaging study distinguishing form and content in sentence processing.	Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 12:1, 120-133.
1089	1998	Ni, W., Fodor, J. D., Crain, S., & Shankweiler, D.	Anomaly detection: Eye movement patterns.	Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 27, 515-539.
1013	1996	Ni, Weijia, Crain, Stephen, and Shanweiler, Donald.	Sidestepping garden paths: assessing the contributions of syntax, semantics and plausibility in resolving ambiguities.	Language and Congnitive Processes, 1996, 11 (3), 283-334.
387	1982	Niimi, S., Bell-Berti, F., & Harris, K. S.	Dynamic aspects of velopharyngeal closure.	Folia Phoniatrica, 34, 246-257.
606	1987	Nittrouer, S., & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	The role of coarticulatory effects in the perception of fricatives by children and adults.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, Vol. 30, 319-329.
549	1986	Nittrouer, S., & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	The stop-glide distinction: Acoustic analysis and perceptual effect of variation in syllable amplitude envelope for initial /b/ and /w/.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 80, 1026-1029.
689	1989	Nittrouer, S., & Whalen, D. H.	The perceptual effects of child-adult differences in fricative-vowel coarticulation.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 86(4), 1266-1276.
750	1991	Nittrouer, S., McGowan, R. S., Milenkovic, P. H., & Beehler, D.	Acoustic Measurements of Men's and Women's Voices: A Study of Context Effects and Covariation.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 33, 761-775
648	1988	Nittrouer, S., Munhall, K., Kelso, J.A.S., Tuller, B., & Harris, K. S.	Patterns of interarticulator phasing and their relation to linguistic structure.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 84, 1653-1661.
667	1989	Nittrouer, S., Studdert-Kennedy, M., & McGowan, R. S.	The Emergence of Phonetic Segments: Evidence From The Spectral Structure Of Fricative-Vowel Syllables Spoken By Children And Adults.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 32, 120-132.
1015	1996	Nittrouer, Susan, Studdert-Kennedy, Michael, and Neely, Stephen T.	How children learn to organize their speech gestures: further evidence from fricative-vowel syllables.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, Vol. 39, 379-389, April 1996.
1597	2008	Noiray, A., Iskarous, K., Bolanos, L., Whalen, D.H.	Tongue-Jaw Synergy in Vowel Height Production: Evidence from American English	Proceedings of the 8th International Seminar on Speech Production 2008, (Eds.), Sock, R., Fuchs, S., Laprie, Y., Strasbourg, France, pp. 81-84.
204	1976	Nye, P. W.	Reading devices for blind people.	Medical Progress Through Technology, 4, 11-25.
139	1973	Nye, P. W., Hankins, J. D., Rand, T., Mattingly, I. G., & Cooper, F. S.	A plan for the field evaluation of an automated reading system for the blind.	IEEE Transactions on Audio and Electroacoustics, 21, 265-268.
1279	2003	Nye, P.W. & Fowler, C.A.	Shadowing latency and imitation: the effect of familiarity with the phonetic patterning of English.	Journal of Phonetics, v.31, pp. 63-79.
18	1957	O'Connor, J. D., Gerstman, L. J., Liberman, A. M., Delattre, P. C., & Cooper, F. S.	Acoustic cues for the perception of initial /w,r,l/ in English.	Word, 13, 25-43.
413	1983	Ognjenovic, V., Lukatela, G., Feldman, L. B., & Turvey, M. T.	Misreadings by beginning readers of Serbo-Croatian.	Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 35A, 97-109.
399	1982	Osberger, M. J., & McGarr, N. S.	Speech production characteristics of the hearing impaired.	In N. Lass (Ed.), Speech and language: Advances in basic research and practice 8 (pp. 221-283). New York: Academic Press.
837	1992	Oshima, Kiyoshi, and Gracco, Vincent L.	Mandibular contributions to speech production.	Proceedings of the ‘92 International Conference on Spoken Language Processing.
618	1987	Ostry, D. J., Cooke, J. D., and Munhall, K. G.	Velocity curves of human arm and speech movements.	Experimental Brain Research, 68, 37-46.
1322	2003	Ostry, D.J. & Feldman, A.G.	A critical evaluation of the force control hypothesis in motor control.	Exp Brain Res 2003 221: 275-288 Springer-Verlag 2003
1582	2010	Ostry, D.J., Darainy, M., Mattar, A.A.G., Wong, J. & Gribble, P.L.	Somatosensory Plasticity and Motor Learning	The Journal of Neuroscience, v.30:n.15, pp. 5384-5393.
1136	1999	Ostry, D.J., Shiller, D.M., Gribble, P.L., & Gracco, V.L.	Control of coarticulatory patterns of tongue and jaw movement in speech.	Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp.1091-1094). San Francisco, CA.
1025	1996	Ostry, David J., Gribble, Paul L., and Gracco, Vincent L.	Is coarticulation in speech kinematics centrally planned?	1st ESCA Tutorial and Research Workshop on Speech Production Modeling - 4th Speech Prudction Seminar.
995	1996	Ostry, David J., Gribbler, Paul L., and Gracoo, Vincent L.	Coarticulation of jaw movements in speech production: is context sensitivity in speech kinematics centrally planned?	The Journal of Neuroscience, February, 15, 1996, 16 (4), 1570-1579.
1365	2004	Papanicolaou, A.C., Pugh, K.R., Simos, P.G. & Mencl, W.E.	Functional Brain Imaging - An Introduction to Concepts and Applications	In: McCardle, P. & Chhabra, V. (Eds.). The Voice of Evidence in Reading Research, pp. 383-416, Brooks Publishing Co. (2004)
1057	1997	Pardo, Jennifer S., and Fowler, Carol A.	Perceiving the causes of coarticulatory acoustic variation: consonant voicing and vowel pitch.	Perception & Psychophysics, 59 (7), 1997, 1141-1152.
1241	2002	Pastizzo, M.J. & Feldman, L.B.	Discrepancies between orthographic and unrelated baselines in masked priming undermine a decompositional account of morphological facilitation.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition. 28, 244-249.
1387	2005	Patel, A.D., Iversen, J.R., Chen, Y. & Repp, B.H.	The influence of metricality and modality on synchronization with a beat	Experimental Brain Research, V. 163, pp. 226-238.
1137	1999	Patel, A.D., Löfqvist, A. & Naito, W.	The acoustics and kinematics of regularly timed speech: A database and method for the study of the p-center problem.	Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp.405-408). San Francisco, CA.
1308	2003	Perkell, J.S., Guenther, F.H., Lane, H., Matthies, M.L., Stockmann, E., Tiede, M. & Zandipour, M.	Cross-subject relations between measures of vowel production and perception	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 439-442.
717	1990	Peter, M., Lukatela, G., & Turvey, M. T.	Phonological priming: Failure to replicate in the rapid naming task.	Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 28(5), 389-392.
901	1994	Peter, Mira, and Turvey, M.T.	Phonological codes are early sources of constraint in visual semantic categorization.	Perception & Psychophysics, 55 (5), 497-504.
1270	2002	Peterson, B.S., Vohr, B., Kane, M.J., Whalen, D.H., Schneider, K.C., Katz, K.H., Zhang, H. Duncan, C.C., Makuch, R. Gore, J.C. & Ment, L.R.	A functional magnetic resonance imaging study of language processing and its cognitive correlates in prematurely born children.	Pediatrics, 10, 1153-1162
1347	2004	Petitto, Laura Ann, Holowka, Siobhan, Sergio, Lauren E., Levy, Bronna, Ostry, David J.	Baby hands that move to the rhythm of language: hearing babies acquiring sign languauges babble silently on the hands	Cognition 93 (2004) pp. 43-73.
1053	1997	Petronio, Karen, and Lillo-Martin, Diane/	WH-movement and the position of Spec-CP: evidence from American Sign Language.	Language, 73 (1), 18-57.
1233	2001	Pettito, L.A., Holowka, S., Sergio, L.E. & Ostry, D.	Language rhythms in baby hand movements.	Nature 413, 6 Sept., 35-36
1298a	2004	Pierre A. Hallé, Yueh-Chin Chang, Catherine T. Best	Identification and discrimination of Mandarin Chinese tones by Mandarin Chinese vs. French listeners	Journal of Phonetics, 32; pp. 395-421
176	1975	Pisoni, D. B.	The role of auditory short-term memory in vowel perception.	Memory & Cognition, 3, 7-18.
129	1973	Pisoni, D. B.	Auditory and phonetic memory codes in the discrimination of consonants and vowels.	Perception & Psychophysics, 13, 253-260
154	1974	Pisoni, D. B., & Tash, J.	Reaction times to comparisons within and across phonetic categories.	Perception & Psychophysics, 15, 285-290.
1345	2004	Poldrack, Russell A., Sandak, Rebecca	Introduction ro This Special Issue: The Cognitive Neuroscience of Reading	Scientific Studies of Reading, 8 (3), pp. 199-202
1217	1999	Post, Y.V. , Swank, P.R., Hiscock, M., & Fowler, A.E.	Identification of vowel speech sounds by skilled and less skilled readers and the relation with vowel spelling.	Annals of Dyslexia , 49:161-194
1309	2003	Pouplier, M.	The Dynamics of Error	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp.2245-2248
1393	2005	Pouplier, M.,Goldstein, L.	Asymmetries in the perception of speech production errors	Journal of Phonetics, V. 33, pp. 47-75.
641	1988	Pratt, A. C., & Brady, S.A.	Relation of Phonological Awareness to Reading Disability in Children and Adults.	Journal of Educational Psychology, 80, No. 3, 319-323.
1570	2010	Preston, J, & Edwards, M.L.	Phonological Awareness and Types of Sound Errors in Preschoolers With Speech Sound Disorders	Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research, V. 53, pp. 44-60.
1538	2007	Preston, J.L. & Edwards, M.L.	Speed and accuracy of rapid speech output by adolescents with residual speech sound errors including rhotics.	Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics, April 2009, v. 23:no. 4, pp. 301-318.
1669	2011	Preston, J.L. & Koenig, L.L.	Phonetic Variability in Residual Speech Sound Disorders - Exploration of Subtypes	Top Language Disorders
1671	2011	Preston, J.L. & Seki, A.	Identifying Residual Speech Sound Disorders in Bilingual Children: A Japanese-English Case Study	American Journal of Speech-Language Pathology, v. 20, pp. 73-85.
1609	2010	Preston, J.L., Frost, S.J., Mencl, W.E., Fulbright, R.K., Landi, N., Grigorenko, E., Jacobsen, L., & Pugh, K.R.	Early and late talkers: school-age language, literacy and neurolinguistic differences	Brain, v. 133, pp. 2185-2195.
1670	2011	Preston, J.L., Ramsdell, H.L., Oller, D.K., Edwards, M.L., Tobin, S.J.	Developing a Weighted Measure of Speech Sound Accuracy	Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research, v. 54, pp. 1-18.
342	1980	Price, P. J.	Sonority and Syllabicity: Acoustic correlates of perception.	Phonetica, 37, 327-343.
463	1983	Price, P. J. & Levitt, A. G.	The relative roles of syntax and prosody in the perception of the /s/-/c/ distinction.	Language and Speech, 26, 291-304.
1574	2010	Proctor, M.I., Shadle, C.H., & Iskarous, K.	Pharyngeal articulation in the production of voiced and voiceless fricatives.	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, v.127:no.3, pp. 1507-1518.
1428a	2006	Pubh, K.R., Frost, S.J., Sandak, R., Gillis, M., Moore, D., Jenner, A.R., & Mencl, W.E.	What Does Reading Have to Tell Us about Writing?	In MacArthur, C.A., Graham, S., & Fitzgerald, J. Handbook of Writing Research, The Guilford Press (2006), New York, NY.
1428	2006	Pugh, K.	A neurocognitive overview of reading acquisition and dyslexia across languages	Developmental Science, V. 9:No.5, pp. 448-450.
1239	2001	Pugh, K.P., Mencl, W.E., Jenner, A.R., Katz, L., Frost, S.J., Lee, J.R., Shaywitz, S.E., & Shaywitz, B.A.	Neurobiological studies of reading and reading disability.	Journal of Communication Disorders. 34(6), 479-492
1240	2001	Pugh, K.P., Mencl, W.E., Jenner, A.R., Katz, L., Frost, S.J., Lee, J.R., Shaywitz, S.E., & Shaywitz, B.A.	Neuroimaging Studies of Reading Development and Reading Disability.	Learning Disabilities Research & Practice. 16(4), 240-249.
1592	2009	Pugh, K.R. and McCardle, P.	Conclusion: Integration of Methodologies in Cognitive Neuroscience - Research, Planning, and Policy	n How Children Learn to Read: Current Issues and New Directions In the Integration of Cognition, Neurobiology and Genetics of Reading and Dyslexia Research and Practice, (Ed: Pugh, K.R. & McCardle, P.) pp. 301-311.
1621	2010	Pugh, K.R., Frost, S.J., Sandak, R., Landi, N., Moore, D., Della Porta, G., Rueckl, J.G., & Mencl, W.E.	Mapping the Word Reading Circuitry in Skilled and Disabled Readers	The Neural Basis of Reading. (Ed.) Piers L. Cornelissen, Peter C. Hansen, Morten L. Kringelbach, Kenneth R. Pugh. Oxford University Press, 2010, pp. 281-305.
1502	2008	Pugh, K.R., Frost, S.J., Sandak, R., Landi, N., Rueckl, J.G., Constable, R.T., Seidenberg, M.S., Fulbright, R.K., Katz, L. & Mencl, W.E.	Effects of Stimulus Difficulty and Repetition on Printed Word Identification: An fMRI Comparison of Nonimpaired and Reading-disabled Adolescent Cohorts.	Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, V.20:No.7, pp. 1146-1160.
1180	2000	Pugh, K.R., Mencl, W.E., Jenner, A.R., Katz, L., Frost, S.J., Lee, J.R., Shaywitz, S.E. & Shaywitz, B.A.	Functional neuroimaging studies of reading and reading disability (developmental dyslexia).	Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews. 6, (3) 207-213.
1162	2000	Pugh, K.R., Mencl, W.E., Shaywitz, B.A., Shaywitz, S.E., Fulbright, R.K., Constable, R.T., Skudlarski, P., Marchione, K.E., Jenner, A.R., Fletcher, J.M., Liberman, A.M., Shankweiler, D.P., Katz, L., Lacadie, C., Gore, J.C.	The angular gyrus in developmental dyslexia: Task-specific differences in functional connectivity within posterior cortex.	Psychological Science, 11, No.1, pp. 51-56.
1550	2005	Pugh, K.R., Sandak, R., Frost, S.J, Moore, D., & Mencl, W.E.,	Examining Reading Development and Reading Disability in English Language Learners: Potential Contributions from Functional Neuroimaging.	Learning Disabilities Research & Practice, v.20(1) 24-30.
1549	1997	Pugh, K.R., Shaywitz, B.A., Shaywitz, S.E., Shankweiler, D.P., Katz, L., Fletcher, J.M, Skudlarski, P., Fulbright, R.K., Constable, R.T., Bronen, R.A., Lacadie, C., & Gore, J.C.	Predicting REading Performance From Neuroimaging Profiles: The Cerebral Basis of Phonological Effects in Printed Word Identification	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, v. 23(2), pp. 299-318.
915	1994	Pugh, Kenneth R., Rexer, Karl, and Katz, Leonard.	Evidence of flexible coding in visual word recognition.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 20 (4), 807-825.
906	1994	Pugh, Kenneth R., Rexer, Karl, Peter, Mira, and Katz, Leonard.	Neighborhood effects in visual word recognition: effects of letter delay and nonword context difficulty.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 20 (3), 639-648.
1039	1997	Pugh, Kenneth R., Shaywitz, Bennet A., Shaywitz, Sally E., Shankweiler, Donald P., Katz, Leonard, Fletcher, Jack M., Skudlarski, Pawel, Fulbright, Robert K., Constable, R. Todd, Bronen, Richard A., Lacadie, Cheryl, and Gore, John, C.	Predicting reading performance from neuroimaging profiles: the cerebral basis of phonological effects in printed word identification.	Journal of Experiemntal Psychology, 1997, Vol. 23, No. 2, 299-318.
1018	1996	Pugh, Kenneth R., Shaywitz, Bennett A., Shaywitz, Sally E., Constable, R. Todd, Skudlarski, Pawel, Fulbright, Robert K., Bronen, Richard A., Shankweiler, Donald P., Katz, Leonard, Fletcher, Jack M., and Gore, John C.	Cerebral organization of component processes in reading.	Brain, 119, 1221-1238.
1031	1996	Pugh, Kenneth R., Shaywitz, Bennett A., Shaywitz, Sally E., Flubright, Robert K., Byrd, Dani, Skudlarski, Pawel, Shankweiler, Donald P., Katz, Leonard, Constable, R. Todd, Fletcher, Jack, Lacadie, Cheryl, Marchione, Karen, and Gore, John C.	Auditory selective attention: an fMRI investigation.	Neuroimage, 4, 159-173.
1231	1987	Raker, B., Sennett, W. & Fowler, C.A.	Domain-Final lengthening and foot-level shortening in spoken English.	Phonetica 44, 147-155
447	1984	Rakerd, B.	Vowels in consonantal context are perceived more linguistically than are isolated vowels: Evidence from an individual differences scaling study.	Perception & Psychophysics, 35, 123-136.
486	1984	Rakerd, B. & Verbrugge, R. R.	Linguistic and acoustic correlates of the perceptual structure found in an individual differences scaling study of vowels.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 77, 296-301.
395	1982	Rakerd, B., Dechovitz, D. R., & Verbrugge, R. R.	An effect of sentence finality on the phonetic significance of silence.	Language and Speech, 25, 267-282.
465	1984	Rakerd, B., Verbrugge, R. R., & Shankweiler, D.	Monitoring for vowels in isolation and in a consonantal context.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 76, 27-31.
1007	1996	Ramsay, J.O., Munhall, K.G., Gracco, V.L., and Ostry, D.J.	Functional data analyses of lip motion.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 99 (6), June 1996.
150	1974	Rand, T. C.	Letter: Dichotic release from masking for speech.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 55, 678-680.
709	1990	Rapala, M. M., & Brady, S.A.	Reading Ability and Short-Term Memory: The Role of Phonological Processing.	Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 2, 1-25.
181	1975	Raphael, L. J.	The physiological control of durational differences between vowels preceding voiced and voiceless consonants in English.	Journal of Phonetics, 3, 25-33.
123	1972	Raphael, L. J.	Preceding vowel duration as a cue to the perception of the voicing characteristics of word-final consonants in American English.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 51, 1296-1303
344	1981	Raphael, L. J.	Durations and contexts as cues to word-final cognate opposition in English.	Phonetica, 38, 126-147
272	1979	Raphael, L. J.	A review by Lawrence J. Raphael of Speech and Language in the Laboratory, School, and Clinic, by J. Kavanagh and W. Strange (eds.).	Contemporary Psychology, 24, 463-464.
178	1975	Raphael, L. J., & Bell-Berti, F.	Tongue musculature and the feature of tension in English vowels.	Phonetica, 32, 61-73.
317	1980	Raphael, L. J., & Dorman, M. F.	Silence as a cue to the perception of syllable-initial and syllable-final stop consonants.	Journal of Phonetics, 8, 269-275.
266	1979	Raphael, L. J., Bell-Berti, F., Collier, R., & Baer, T.	Tongue position in rounded and unrounded front vowel pairs.	Language and Speech, 22, 37-48.
318	1980	Raphael, L. J., Dorman, M. F., & Geffner, D.	Voicing-conditioned duration differences in vowels and consonants in the speech of three- and four-year old children.	Journal of Phonetics, 8, 335-341.
196	1975	Raphael, L. J., Dorman, M. F., Freeman, F., & Tobin, C.	Vowel and nasal duration as cues to voicing in word-final stop consonants: Spectrographic and perceptual studies.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 18, 389-400.
316	1980	Raphael, L., Dorman, M., & Liberman, A.	On defining the vowel duration that cues voicing in final position.	Language and Speech, 23, 297-308.
972	1995	Raphael, Lawrence J., Tobin, Yishai, Faber, Alice, Most, Tova, Kollia, H. Betty, and Milstein, Doron.	Intermediate values of voice onset time.	Bell-Berti, F., and L.J. Raphael. Producing Speech: Contemporary Issues. For Katherine Safford Harris. AIP Press: New York.
1151	2000	Raveh, M. & Rueckl, J.G.	Equivalent effects of inflected and derived primes: Long-term morphological priming in fragment completion and lexical decision.	Journal of Memory and Language, 42, 103-119.
483	1984	Recasens, D.	Timing constraints and coarticulation: Alveolo-palatals and sequences of alveolar + [j] in catalan.	Phonetica, 41, 125-139.
479	1984	Recasens, D.	Vowel-to-vowel coarticulation in Catalan VCV sequences.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 76, 1624-1635.
404	1983	Recasens, D.	Place cues for nasal consonants with special reference to Catalan.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 73, 1346-1353.
448	1984	Recasens, D.	V-to-C coarticulation in Catalan VCV sequences: An articulatory and acoustical study.	Journal of Phonetics, 12, 61-73.
879	1993	Recasens, D., Fontdevila, J., Parrares, M. D., & Solanas, A.	An electropalatographic study of stop consonant clusters.	Speech Communication, 12, 335-355.
521	1985	Recasens, Daniel	Coarticulatory Patterns and Degrees of Coarticulatory Resistance in Catalan CV Sequences.	Language and Speech, Vol. 28, Part 2, 97-114.
1046	1997	Recasens, Daniel, and Romero, Joaquín.	An EMMA study of segmental compolexity in alveopalatals and palatalized alveolars.	Phonetica, 54, 1997, 43-58.
960	1993	Recasens, Daniel, Farnetani, Edda, Fontdevila, Jordi, and Pallarès, Maria Dolors.	An electropalatographic study of alveolar and palatal consonants in Catalan and Italian.	Language and Speech, 36 (2,3), 213-234.
257	1979	Remez, R. E.	Adaptation of the category boundary between speech and nonspeech: A case against feature detectors.	Cognitive Psychology, 11, 38-57.
723	1990	Remez, R. E., & Rubin, P. E.	On the perception of speech from time-varying acoustic information: Contributions of amplitude variation.	Perception & Psychophysics, 48(4), 313-325.
462	1984	Remez, R. E., & Rubin, P. E.	On the perception of intonation from sinusoidal sentences.	Perception & Psychophysics, 35, 429-440.
402	1983	Remez, R. E., & Rubin, P. E.	The stream of speech.	Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 24, 63-66.
301	1980	Remez, R. E., Cutting, J. E., & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Cross-series adaptation using song and string.	Perception & Psychophysics, 27, 524-530.
420	1983	Remez, R. E., Rubin, P. E., & Pisoni, D. B.	Coding of the speech spectrum in three time-varying sinusoids.	Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 485-489.
567	1987	Remez, R. E., Rubin, P. E., Nygaard, L. C., & Howell, W. A.	Vowels Produced by Sinusoidal Voices.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, Vol. 13, No. 1, 40-61.
338	1981	Remez, R. E., Rubin, P. E., Pisoni, D. B., & Carrell, T. D.	Speech perception without traditional speech cues.	Science, 212, 947-950.
1102	1998	Remez, R., Fellowes, J.M., Pisoni, D.B., Goh, W.D., & Rubin, P.E.	Multimodal perceptual organization of speech: Evidence from tone analogs of spoken utterances.	Speech Communication, 26,65-73.
1096	1997	Remez, R.E., Fellowes, J.M., & Rubin, P.E.	Talker identification based on phonetic information.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, v.23, no.3, 651-666.
1097	1998	Remez, R.E., Van Dyk, J.L., Fellowes, J.M. & Rubin, P.E.	On the perception of qualitative and phonetic similarities of voices.	In Kuhl, P.K. and Crum, L.A. (eds.) Proceedings of the 16th International Congress on Acoustics and the 135th meeting of the Acoustical Society of America, Vol. 4, 2063-2064.
889	1994	Remez, Robert E., Rubin, Philip E., Burns, Stefanie M., Pardo, Jennifer S., and Lang, Jessica M.	On the perceptual organization of speech.	Psychological Review, 101 (1), 129-156.
1438	2006	Repp, B.	Rate Limits of Sensorimotor Synchronization	Advances in Cognitive Psychology, V. 2:No. 2-3, pp. 163-181.
1250	2002	Repp, B.	Automaticity and voluntary control of phase correction following event onset shifts in sensorimotor synchronization.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, Vol. 28, No. 2, 410-430.
789	1992	Repp, B.	Perceptual restoration of a "missing" speech sound: Auditory induction or illusion?	Perception & Psychophysics, 51(1), 14-32.
538a	1986	Repp, B.	Can linguistic boundaries change the effectivess of silence as a phonetic cue?	Journal of Phonetics 13, 421-431.
536	1986	Repp, B.	Perception of the [m]-[n] distinction in CV syllables.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 76(6), 1987-1999.
827	1992	Repp, B. H.	A Constraint on the Expressive Timing of a Melodic Gesture: Evidence from Performance and Aesthetic Judgment.	Music Perception, 10(2), 221-242.
826	1991	Repp, B. H.	A Review by Bruno H. Repp of Cognition and the Symbolic Processes: Applied and Ecological Perspectives, Hoffman, R. R. & Palermo, D. S. 545 pp. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.	Language and Speech, 34(4), 383-387.
790	1991	Repp, B. H.	Some cognitive and perceptual aspects of speech and music.	In J. Sundberg, L. Nord, & R. Carlson (eds.), Music, Language, Speech and Brain. Proceedings of an International Symposium at the Wenner-Gren Center. MacMillan Press, Stockholm, Sweden. (pp.257-268).
675	1989	Repp, B. H.	Traversing Upper Vowel Space: A Smooth Or A Bumpy Ride?	Speech Communication, 8, 1-15.
602	1987	Repp, B. H.	On the possible role of auditory short-term adaptation in perception of the prevocalic [m]-[n] contrast.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 82(5), 1525-1538.
520	1985	Repp, B. H.	Perceptual Coherence of Speech: Stability of Silence-Cued Stop Consonants.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 11, 799-813.
487	1984	Repp, B. H.	Closure duration and release burst amplitude cues to stop consonant manner and place of articulation.	Language and Speech, 27, 245-254.
443	1984	Repp, B. H.	Categorical perception: Issues, methods, findings.	In N. J. Lass (Ed.), Speech and language: Advances in basic research and practice (Vol. 10). (pp. 243-335). New York: Academic Press.
372	1982	Repp, B. H.	Phonetic trading relations and context effects: New evidence for a phonetic mode of perception.	Psychological Bulletin, 92, 81-110
339	1981	Repp, B. H.	On levels of description in speech research.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 69, 1462-1464.
312	1980	Repp, B. H.	Accessing phonetic information during integration of temporally distributed cues.	Journal of Phonetics, 8, 185-194
280	1979	Repp, B. H.	Relative amplitude of aspiration noise as a voicing cue for syllable-initial stop consonants.	Language and Speech, 22, 173-189.
236	1978	Repp, B. H.	Stimulus dominance and ear dominance in the perception of dichotic voicing contrasts.	Brain and Language, 5, 310-330.
247	1978	Repp, B. H.	Perceptual integration and differentiation of spectral cues for intervocalic stop consonants.	Perception & Psychophysics, 24, 471-485.
398	1983	Repp, B. H.	Bidirectional contrast effects in the perception of VC-CV sequences.	Perception & Psychophysics, 33, 147-155.
222	1977	Repp, B. H.	Measuring laterality effects in dichotic listening.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 62, 720-737.
866	1993	Repp, B. H.	A review by Bruno H. Repp of Speech Perception, Production and Linguistic Structure. Y. Tohkura, E. Vatikiotis-Bateson, and Y. Sagisaka (eds.). Tokyo:Ohmsha, and Amsterdam: IOS Press.	Language and Speech, 36(1), 99-107.
824	1992	Repp, B. H.	A Review by Bruno H. Repp of Auditory Imagery, Reisberg, D. (ed.). 274 pp. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.	Language and Speech, 35(3), 341-346
822	1992	Repp, B. H.	Diversity and commonality in music performance: An analysis of timing microstructure in Schumann's "Traumerei".	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 92(5), 2546-2568.
818	1992	Repp, B. H.	Probing the cognitive representation of musical time: Structural constraints on the perception of timing	Cognition, 44, 241-281
867	1992	Repp, B. H.	Detectability of Rhythmic Perturbations in Musical Contexts: Bottom-Up Versus Top-Down Factors.	Fourth Workshop on Rhythm Perception & Production. Bourges, France-June, 1992.
730	1990	Repp, B. H.	Further Perceptual Evaluations of Pulse Microstructure in Computer Performances of Classical Piano Music.	Music Perception, 8, 1-33.
719	1990	Repp, B. H.	Patterns of expressive timing in performances of a Beethoven minuet by nineteen famous pianist.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 88(2), 622-641.
716	1990	Repp, B. H.	Composers' Pulses: Science or Art?	Music Perception, 7(4), 423-434.
664	1988	Repp, B. H.	Integration and Segregation in Speech Perception.	Language and Speech, 31(3), 239-271.
613	1987	Repp, B. H.	Integration and Segregation in Speech Perception.	Proceedings XIth ICPhS. The Eleventh International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, Vol. 2, 21-40. Tallinn, Estonia, USSR.
612	1987	Repp, B. H.	The Role of Psychophysics in Understanding Speech Perception.	Chapter in The Psychophysics of Speech Perception. Series D: Behavioral and Social Sciences, No. 39, 3-27. Edited by M. E. H. Schouten, NATO ASI Series.
530	1986	Repp, B. H.	Some observations on the development of anticipatory coarticulation.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 79(5), 1616-1619.
449	1984	Repp, B. H.	The role of release bursts in the perception of [s]-stop clusters.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 75, 1219-1230.
441	1984	Repp, B. H.	Against a role of "chirp" identification in duplex perception.	Perception & Psychophysics, 35, 89-93.
435	1983	Repp, B. H.	Trading relations among acoustic cues in speech perception are largely a result of phonetic categorization.	Speech Communication, 2, 341-361.
422	1983	Repp, B. H.	Coarticulation in sequences of two nonhomorganic stop consonants: Perceptual and acoustic evidence.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 74, 420-427.
345	1981	Repp, B. H.	Perceptual equivalence of two kinds of ambiguous speech stimuli.	Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 18, 12-14.
357	1981	Repp, B. H.	Two strategies in fricative discrimination.	Perception & Psychophysics, 30, 217-227.
283	1980	Repp, B. H.	Stimulus dominance in fused dichotic syllables: Trouble for the category goodness hypothesis.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 67, 288-305.
237	1978	Repp, B. H.	A note on single- and double-correct responses in the dichotic two-response paradigm.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 63, 1220-1222.
212	1977	Repp, B. H.	Dichotic competition of speech sounds: The role of acoustic stimulus structure.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 3, 37-50.
871	1993	Repp, B. H.	A Review by Bruno H. Repp of Cognitive Bases of Musical Communication. M. R. Jones, S. Holleran (Eds.), Washington, DC: American Psychological Association, 1992.	Music Perception, 11(1), 87-98
666	1989	Repp, B. H.	Expressive Microstructure in Music: A Preliminary Perceptual Assessment of Four Composers' "Pulses".	Music Perception, 6(3), 243-274.
485	1984	Repp, B. H.	Effects of temporal stimulus properties on perception of the [spl]-[spl] distinction.	Phonetica, 41, 117-124.
490	1984	Repp, B. H. & Bentin, S.	Parameters of spectral/temporal fusion in speech perception.	Perception & Psychophysics, 36, 523-530.
611	1987	Repp, B. H. & Liberman, A. M.	Phonetic category boundaries are flexible.	Chapter in Categorical perception: The groundwork of cognition. Edited by Stevan Harnad, 89- 112. Cambridge Press, NY.
577	1987	Repp, B. H. & Williams, D.	Categorical tendencies in imitating self-produced isolated vowels.	Speech Communication, 6, 1-14.
505	1985	Repp, B. H. & Williams, D. R.	Influence of following context on perception of the voiced-voiceless distinction in syllable-final stop consonants.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 78, 445-457.
731	1990	Repp, B. H., & Crowder, R. G.	Stimulus order effects in vowel discrimination.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 88, 2080-2090.
650	1988	Repp, B. H., & Frost, R.	Detectability of words and nonwords in two kinds of noise.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 84(5) 1929-1932
738	1990	Repp, B. H., & Lin, H-B.	Integration of segmental and tonal information in speech perception: a cross-linguistic study.	Journal of Phonetics, 18, 481-495.
626	1987	Repp, B. H., & Lin, H-B.	Difference in second-formant transitions between aspirated and unaspirated stop consonants preceding [a].	Language and Speech, Vol. 30, Part 2, 115-129.
749	1991	Repp, B. H., & Lin, H-B.	Effects of Preceding Context on the Voice-Onset-Time Category Boundary.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 17(1), 289-302.
656	1989	Repp, B. H., & Lin, H.	Acoustic properties and perception of stop consonant release transients.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 85(1), 379-396.
369	1982	Repp, B. H., & Mann, V. A	Fricative-stop coarticulation: Acoustic and perceptual evidence.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 71, 1562-1567
336	1981	Repp, B. H., & Mann, V. A.	Perceptual assessment of fricative-stop coarticulation.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 69, 1154-1163.
814	1992	Repp, B. H., Frost, R., & Zsiga, L.	Lexical Mediation Between Sight and Sound in Speechreading.	The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 45A(1), 1-20.
255	1979	Repp, B. H., Healy, A. F., & Crowder, R. G.	Categories and context in the perception of isolated steady -state vowels.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 5, 129-145.
250	1978	Repp, B. H., Liberman, A. M., Eccardt, T., & Pesetsky, D.	Perceptual integration of acoustic cues for stop, fricative and affricate manner.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 4, 621-637
408	1983	Repp, B. H., Milburn, C., & Ashkenas, J.	Duplex perception: Confirmation of fusion.	Perception & Psychophysics, 33, 333-337.
585	1987	Repp, B. R.	The sound of two hands clapping: An exploratory study.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 81(4), 1100-1109.
1516	2008	Repp, B., London, J. & Keller, P.E.	Phase Correction in Sensorimotor Synchronization with Nonisochronous Sequences	Music Perception, v. 26:no.2, pp. 171-175.
1496	2008	Repp, B.H & Keller, P.E.	Sensorimotor synchronization with adaptively timed sequences	Human Movement Science, doi:10.1016/j.humov.2008.02.016, V.27, pp. 423-456.
1353	2004	Repp, B.H, & Knoblich, G.	Perceiving Action Identity - How Pianists Recognize Their Own Performances	American Psychological Society, V. 15: No. 9, pp. 604-609.
1617	2011	Repp, B.H.	Comfortable synchronization of cyclic drawing movements with a metronome	Human Movement Science, v. 30, 2011, 18-39.
1638	2011	Repp, B.H.	Tapping in Synchrony With a Perturbed Metronome: The Phase Correction Response to Small and Large Phase Shifts as a Function of Tempo	Journal of Motor Behavior, v. 43(3), 2011, pp. 213-227.
1656	2011	Repp, B.H.	No temporal binding of action consequences of actions in a rhythmic context	Exp Brain Res (2011), v. 214, pp. 491-501.
1569	2010	Repp, B.H.	Sensorimotor synchronization and perception of timing: Effects of music training and task experience.	Human MOvement Science, doi: 10.1016/J.humov.2009.08.002
1587	2010	Repp, B.H.	Self-Generated Interval Subdivision Reduces Variability of Synchronization With a Very Slow Metronome.	Music Perception, v. 27(5), pp. 389-397)
1605	2010	Repp, B.H.	Do metrical accents create illusory phenomenal accents?	Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics, v.72(5), pp. 1390-1403.
1615	2010	Repp, B.H.	Temporal evolution of the phase correction response in synchroniation of taps with perturbed two-interval rhythms	Experimental Brain Research, DOI 0.1007/s00221-010-2462-5
1526	2009	Repp, B.H.	Segregated in perception, integrated for action: Immunity of rhythmic sensorimotor coordination to auditory stream segregation	The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology 2009, v.62: no.3, pp. 426-434.
1561	2009	Repp, B.H.	Rhythmic sensorimotor coordination is resistant but not immune to auditory stream segregation	The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, v. 62:no. 12, pp. 2306-2312.
1476	2008	Repp, B.H.	Multiple temporal references in sensorimotor synchronization with metrical auditory sequences	Psychological Research, V. 72:, pp. 79-98.
1505	2008	Repp, B.H.	Metrical Subdivision Results in Subjective Slowing of the Beat.	Music Perception, V.26:No.1 (2008), pp. 19-39.
1507	2008	Repp, B.H.	Perfect Phase Correction in Synchronization With Slow Auditory Sequences	Journal of Motor Behavior, V. 40:No.5, pp. 363-367.
1444	2007	Repp, B.H.	Hearing a melody in different ways: Multistability of metrical interpretation, reflected in rate limits of sensorimotor synchronization	Cognition, V. 102, pp. 434-454.
1470	2007	Repp, B.H.	Perceiving the numerosity of rapidly occurring auditory events in metrical and nonmetrical contexts.	Perception & Psychophysics, V. 69:No. 4(2007), p. 529-543.
1407	2006	Repp, B.H.	Does an auditory distractor sequence affect self-paced tapping?	Acta Psychologica, V. 121, pp. 81-107.
1409	2006	Repp, B.H.	Does an auditory perceptual illusion affect on-line auditory action control? The case of (de)accentuation and synchronization	Experimental Brain Research, V. 168, pp. 493-504.
1425	2006	Repp, B.H.	Musical synchronization	Music, Motor Control and the Brain, Edited by: Eckart Altenmüller, Mario Wiesendanger, Jürg Kesselring, Oxford University Press, Chapter 4.
1377	2005	Repp, B.H.	Rate Limits of On-Beat and Off-Beat Tapping With Simple Auditory Rhythms: 1. Qualitative Observations	Music Perception, Spring 2005, V. 22: No. 3, pp. 479-496.
1411	2005	Repp, B.H.	Rate Limits of On-Beat and Off-Beat Tapping With Simple Auditory Rhythms: 2. The Roles of different Kinds of Accent.	Music Perception, V. 23:No.2, pp. 165-187.
1413	2005	Repp, B.H.	Sensorimotor synchronization: A review of the tapping literature	Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, V. 12:No. 6, pp. 969-992.
1341	2004	Repp, B.H.	Comments on “Rapid motor adaptations to subliminal frequency shifts during syncopated rhythmic sensorimotor synchronization” by Michael H. Thaut and Gary P. Kenyon (Human MOvement Science 22 [2003] 321-338)	Human Movement Science, V. 23, pp. 61-77.
1362	2004	Repp, B.H.	On the nature of phase attraction in sensorimotor synchronization with interleaved auditory sequences	Human Movement Science, V. 23 (2004), pp. 389-413.
1283	2003	Repp, B.H.	Phase Attraction in Sensorimotor Synchronization With Auditory Sequences: Effects of Single and Periodic Distractors on Synchronization Accuracy	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, v. 29:no. 2, pp. 290-309.
1320	2003	Repp, B.H.	Rate Limits in Sensorimotor Synchronization With Auditory and Visual Sequences: The Synchronization Threshold and the Benefits and Costs of Interval Subdivision	Journal of Motor Behavior, 2003 Vol. 35, No.4, pp. 355-370.
1206	2001	Repp, B.H.	Phase correction, phase resetting, and phase shifts after subliminal timing perturbations in sensorimotor synchronization.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance. 27(3), 600-621.
1210	2001	Repp, B.H.	Effects of music perception and imagery on sensorimotor synchronization with complex timing patterns.	In Zatorre, R.J. & Peretz, I. (Eds.) The Biological Foundations of Music (pp. 409-411). Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, v. 930.
1230	2001	Repp, B.H.	Processes underlying adaptation to tempo changes in sensorimotor synchronization.	Human Movement Science 20, 277-312.
1236	2001	Repp, B.H.	Expressive Timing in the Mind’s Ear.	In: R.I. Godoy & H.Jorgensen (Eds.) , Musical Imagery (pp.185-200). Lisse, The Netherlands: Swets & Zeitlinger.
1175	2000	Repp, B.H.	Compensation for subliminal timing perturbations in perceptual-motor synchronization.	Psychological Research, 63: 106-128.
1177	2000	Repp, B.H.	Subliminal temporal discrimination revealed in sensorimotor coordination.	In P.Desain & L.Windsor (Eds.) (2000). Rhythm perception and production(pp.129-142). Lisse, The Netherlands:Swets & Zeitlinger.
1191	2000	Repp, B.H.	The timing implications of musical structures.	In D. Greer (ed.) Musicology and Sister Disciplines, Past, Present, Future. (pp. 60-70).
1116	1999	Repp, B.H.	Control of expressive and metronomic timing in pianists.	Journal of Motor Behavior, v.31: no.2, 145-164.
1148	1999	Repp, B.H.	Relationships between performance timing, perception of timing perturbations, and perceptual-motor synchronisation in two Chopin preludes.	Australian Journal of Psychology, 51,3, 188-203.
1145	1999	Repp, B.H.	Book Review. Psychology of Music by Deutsch, D. (ed.).	Musicae Scientiae, 3,2, 269-276.
1147	1999	Repp, B.H.	XVI. Individual differences in the expressive shaping of a musical phrase: The opening of Chopin’s etude in E major.	Music, mind, and science. Edited by Suk Won Yi. Seoul National University Press
1087	1998	Repp, B.H.	Musical motion in perception and performance.	In D.A. Rosenbaum & C. E. Collyer (eds.), Timing of behavior: neural, psychological, and computational perspectives (pp. 125-144). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
1086	1998	Repp, B.H.	A Microcosm of musical expression. I. Quantitative analysis of pianists’ timing in the initial measures of Chopin’s Etude in E major.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 104, 1085-1100.
1050	1997	Repp, B.H.	Book Review. Melodic Intonation, Psychoacoustics, and the Violin by Janina Fyk.	Music Perception, Vol. 14, No. 4, Summer 1997, 477-486.
923	1993	Repp, B.H.	Musical motion: some historical and contemporary perspectives.	Royal Swedish Academy of Music, 79, edited by A. Friberg, J. Iwarsson, E. Jansson, and J. Sundberg, SMAC 93, Proceedings of the Stockholm Music Acoustics Conference, July 28 to August 1, 1993, pp. 128-135.
1260	2002	Repp, B.H.	Phase correction following a perturbation in sensorimotor synchronization depends on sensory information.	Journal of Motor Behavior, 34, 291-298
1261	2002	Repp, B.H.	Perception of timing is more context sensitive than sensorimotor synchronization.	Perception & Psychophysics, 64 , 703-716.
1122	1999	Repp, B.H.	A microcosm of musical expression. III. Contributions of timing and dynamics to the aesthetic impression of pianists’ performances of the initial measures of Chopin’s Etude in E Major.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 106, 469-478
1117	1999	Repp, B.H.	Detecting deviations from metronomic timing in music: Effects of perceptual structure on the mental timekeeper.	Perception and Psychophysics, v.61:no.3, 529-548.
1149	1999	Repp, B.H.	Manfred Clynes, pianist.	In: A Festschrift for Manfred Clynes (pp. 70-84). St. Louis, MO: MMB Music.
1088	1998	Repp, B.H.	Review of The Aesthetics of Music by Roger Scruton (Oxford, U.K.: Clarendon Press, 1997).	Music Perception , 15, 412-422
1079	1998	Repp, B.H.	Variations on a Theme by Chopin: Relations Between Perception and Production of Timing in Music.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 24, 3, 791-811.
1252	2002	Repp, B.H.	Phase correction in sensorimotor synchronization: Nonlinearities in voluntary and in voluntary responses to perturbations.	Human Movement Science, 21,1-31.
1244	2002	Repp, B.H.	The embodiment of musical structure: effects of musical context on sensorimotor synchronization with complex timing patterns.	In W. Prinz & B. Hommel (Eds), Common mechanisms in perception and action: Attention and Performance XIX (pp. 245-265). Oxford, U.K.: Oxford University Press.
1121	1999	Repp, B.H.	Effects of auditory feedback deprivation on expressive piano performance.	Music Perception, 16, 409-438.
1111	1999	Repp, B.H.	A microcosm of musical expression: II. Quantitative analysis of pianists’ dynamics in the initial measures of Chopin’s Etude in E major.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 105, 1972-1988
1566	2009	Repp, B.H. & Bruttomesso, M.	A filled duration illusion in music: Effects of metrical subdivision on the perception and production of beat tempo.	Advances in Cognitive Psychology, v. 5, pp, 114-134.
1459	2007	Repp, B.H. & Doggett, R.	Tapping To A Very Slow Beat: A Comparison Of Musicians and Nonmusicians	Music Perception, V. 24,No. 4, pp. 367-376.
1618	2010	Repp, B.H. & Goehrke, R.M.	Music Notation, But Not Action on a Keyborad, Influences Pianists’ Judgments of Ambiguous Melodies	Music Perception, v. 28(3) pp. 315-320.
1540	2009	Repp, B.H. & Jendoubi, H.	Flexibility of temporal expectations for triple subdivision of a beat.	Advances in Cognitive Psychology, v. 5, pp. 27-41.
1563	2009	Repp, B.H. & Keller, P.E.	Self versus other in piano performance: detectability of timing perturbations depends on personal playing style	Experimental Brain Research, DOI 10.1007/s00221-009-2115-8
1333	2004	Repp, B.H. & Keller, P.E.	Adaptation to tempo changes in sensorimotor synchronization: Effects of intention, attention, and awareness	The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, v. 57A:no.3, pp. 499-521.
1557	2009	Repp, B.H. & Knoblich, G.	Performed or observed keyboard actions affect pianists’ judgements of relative ptich.	The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, v. 62:no. 11, pp. 2156-2170.
1451	2007	Repp, B.H. & Knoblich, G.	Action Can Affect Auditory Perception	Psychological Science, V. 18:No.1 (2007), pp. 6-7.
1461	2007	Repp, B.H. & Knoblich, G.	Toward a Psychophysics of Agency: Detecting Gain and Loss of Control Over Auditory Action Effects	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, V. 33:No.2, pp. 469-482.
1614	2010	Repp, B.H. & Marcus, R.J.	No Sustained Sound Illusion in Rhythmic Sequences	Music Perception, v. 28(2), pp. 121-133
1350	2004	Repp, B.H. & Penel, A.	Rhythmic movement is attracted more strongly to auditory than to visual rhythms	Psychological Research, (2004), V. 68, pp. 252-270.
1265	2002	Repp, B.H. & Penel, A.	Auditory dominance in temporal processing: New evidence from synchronization with simultaneous visual and auditory sequences.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 28, 1085-1099.
1562	2009	Repp, B.H. & Thompson, J.M.	Context sensitivity and invariance in perception of octave-ambiguous tones.	Psychological Research, DOI 10.1007/s00426-009-0264-9
1099	1998	Repp, B.H. C Psychology of Music, 26, 211-216.	Book Review. Controlling Creative Processes in Music by Kopiez, R., and Auhagen, W. (eds.).	Psychology of Music, 26, 211-216.
1504	2008	Repp, B.H., Iversen, J.R. & Patel, A.D.	Tracking an Imposed Beat Within a Metrical Grid	Music Perception, V. 26:No.1 (2008), pp. 1-18.
1405	2005	Repp, B.H., London, J. & Keller, P.E.	Production and Synchronization of Uneven Rhythms at Fast Tempi	Music Perception, V. 23:No. 1, pp. 61-78.
1611	2010	Repp, B.H., London, J., Keller, P.E.	Perception-production relationships and phase correction in synchronization with two-interval rhythms.	Psychological Research, DOI 10.1007/s00426-010-0301-8
1577	2010	Repp, B.H., Steinman, S.R.	Simultaneous Event-Based and Emergent Timing: Synchronization, Continuation, and Phase Correction.	Journal of Motor Behavior, v.42:no.2, pp, 111-126.
1258	2002	Repp, B.H., Windsor, W.L., & Desain, P.	Effects of tempo on the timing of simple musical rhythms.	Music Perception, 19, 565-593
1076	1998	Repp, Bruno H.	Obligatory “expectations” of expressive timing induced by perception of musical structure.	Psychol Res, 61, 1998, 33-43.
1078	1998	Repp, Bruno H.	The detectability of local deviations from a typical expressive timing pattern.	Music Perception, Spring 1998, Vol. 15, No. 3, 265-289.
1060	1997	Repp, Bruno H.	The effect of tempo on pedal timing in piano performance.	Psychol Res, 60, 1997, 164-172.
1061	1997	Repp, Bruno H.	Expressive timing in a Debussy prelude: a comparison of students and expert pianists.	Musicae Scientiae, Vol. 1, #2, Fall 1997, 257-268.
1067	1997	Repp, Bruno H.	Variability of timing in expressive piano performance increases with interval duration.	Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 4 (4), 1997, 530-534.
1049	1997	Repp, Bruno H.	The aesthetic quality of a quantitatively average music performance: two preliminary experiments.	Music Perception, Vol. 14, No. 4, Summer 1997, 419-444.
1055	1997	Repp, Bruno H.	Acoustics, perception, and production of legato articulation on a compueter-controlled grand piano.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 102 (3), September 1997.
1056	1997	Repp, Bruno H.	Some observation on pianists’ timing of arpeggiated chords.	Psychology of Music, 25, 1997, 133-148.
1058	1997	Repp, Bruno H.	Spectral envelope and context effects in the tritone paradox.	Perception, Vol. 26, 1997, 645-665.
1038	1996	Repp, Bruno H.	The art of inaccuracy: Why pianists’ errors are difficult to hear	Music Perception, Winter 1996, Vol. 14, No. 2, 161-184.
1009	1996	Repp, Bruno H.	Pedal timing and tempo in expressive piano performances: a preliminary investigation.	Psychology of Music, 24, 1996, 199-221.
1012	1996	Repp, Bruno H.	The dynamics of expressive piano performance: Schumann’s “Träumerei” revisited.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 100 (1), July 1996.
1014	1996	Repp, Bruno H.	Book reivew: Shaping Time: Music, the Brain, and Performance by David Epstein.	Music Perception, 13, 591-604.
1022	1996	Repp, Bruno H.	Patterns of note onset asynchronies in expressive piano performance.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 100 (6), December 1996.
1001	1996	Repp, Bruno H.	The difficulty of measuring musical quality (and quantity): commentary on Weisberg.	Psychological Science, Vol. 7, No. 2, 121-122.
982	1995	Repp, Bruno H.	Expressive timing in Schumann’s “Träumerei:” an analysis of performances by graduate student pianists.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 98 (5), Pt. 1, November 1995.
985	1995	Repp, Bruno H.	Detectability of duration and intensity increments in melody tones: a partial connection between music perception and performance.	Perception & Psychophysics, 57 (8), 1217-1232
957	1995	Repp, Bruno H.	Acoustics, perception, and production of legato articulation on a digital piano.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 97 (6), June 1995.
964	1995	Repp, Bruno H.	Quantitative effects of global tempo on expressive timing in music performance: some perceptual evidence.	Music Perception, 13 (1), 39-57, Fall 1995.
933	1994	Repp, Bruno H.	Book review: The Auditory Processing of Speech: from Sound to Words, edited by M.E.H. Schouten.	Language and Speech, 37 (3), 337-340.
925	1994	Repp, Bruno H.	On determining the basic tempo of an expressive music performance.	Psychology of Music, 22, 157-167.
928	1994	Repp, Bruno H.	The tritone paradox and the pitch range of speaking voice: a dubious connection.	Music Perception, Winter 1994, 12 (2), 227-255.
916	1994	Repp, Bruno H.	Relational invariance of expressive microstructure acoss global tempo changes in music performance: an exploratory study.	Psychol Res, 56, 269-284.
850	1993	Repp, Bruno H.	Some empirical observations on sound level properties of recorded piano tones.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 93 (2), February 1993.
851	1993	Repp, Bruno H.	Objective performance analysis as a tool for the musical detective.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 93 (2), February 1993.
857	1993	Repp, Bruno H.	Music as motion: a synopsis of Alexander Truslit’s (1938) Gestaltung und Bewegung in der Musik.	Psychology of Music, 21, 48-72.
619	1987	Repp, Bruno H. & Svastikula, K.	Perception of the [m]-[n] distinction in VC syllables.	J. Acoust. Soc. am., 83(1), 237-247.
509	1985	Repp, Bruno H. & Williams, David R.	Categorical trends in vowel imitation: preliminary observations from a replication experiment.	Speech Communication 4, 105-120.
661	1989	Repp, R. H., & Lin, H.	Effects of preceding context on discrimination of voice onset times.	Perception & Psychophysics, 45 (4), 323-332.
1677	2012	Repp,B.H. Moseley, G.P.	Anticipatory phase correction in sensorimotor synchronization	Human Movement Science, doi:10.1016/j.humov.2011.11.001
1189	2000	Repp. B.H.	Pattern typicality and dimensional interactions in pianists’ imitation of expressive timing and dynamics.	Music Perception, 18, 173-211.
1354	2004	Resnicow, J.E., Salovey, P. & Repp, B.H.	Is Recognition of Emotion in Music Performance an Aspect of Emotional Intelligence?	Music Perception, V. 22: No. 1, pp. 145-158.
1475	2007	Rhodes, T. & Turvey, M.T.	Human memory retrieval as Lévy foraging	Physica A, V. 385, pp. 255-260.
617	1985	Richards, J. T. & Hanson, V. L.	Visual and production similarity of the handshapes of the American manual alphabet.	Perception & Psychophysics, 38(4), 311-319.
1622	2011	Rochet-Capellan, A. & Ostry, D.J.	Simultaneous Acquisition of Multiple Auditory-Motor Transformations in Speech	The Journal of Neuroscience, v. 31(7), February 16, 2011, pp. 2657-2662.
1138	1999	Romero, J.	The effect of voicing assimilation on gestural coordination.	Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp.1793-1796). San Francisco, CA.
998	1996	Romero, Joaquín.	Articulatory blending of lingual gestures.	Journal of Phonetics, 24, 99-111.
251	1978	Rosenblum, D. R. & Dorman, M. F.	Hemispheric specialization for speech perception in language deficient kindergarten children.	Brain and Language, 6, 378-389.
644	1988	Rosenblum, L. D., & Turvey, M. T. Neuroscience, 27, 289-300.	Maintenance Tendency in Co-ordinated Rhythmic Movements: Relative Fluctuations and Phase.	Neuroscience, 27, 289-300.
598	1987	Rosenblum, L. D., Carello, C., & Pastore, R. E.	Relative effectiveness of three stimulus variables for locating a moving sound source.	Perception, Vol. 16, 175-187.
1339	2004	Rubin, P.	First Psychologist to Direct NSF’s Behavioral and Cognitive Sciences Program Looks Back on his Time in Office	American Psychological Society, V. 17:No. 4, pp. 20-22.
1203	2001	Rubin, P.	The Regulatory Environment for Science: The protection of participants in social/behavioral/non-medical/non-clinical research.	Paper presented at the Twenty-Sixth Annual AAAS Colloquium on Science and Technology Policy, Science and Technology in the New Administration, May 3-4, 2001, The Omni Shoreham Hotel, Washington, D.C.
1445	2006	Rubin, P. & Sieber J.E.	Empirical Research on IRBs and Methodologies Usually Associated with Minimal Risk	Journal of Empirical Research on Human Research Ethics, V. 1: No.4, pp. 1-4.
883	1975	Rubin, P. E.	Semantic influences on phonetic identification and lexical decision.	A dissertation submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy.
1118	1998	Rubin, P., & Vatikiotis-Bateson, E.	Talking heads.	In D.Burnham, J. Robert-Ribes, & E. Vatikiotis-Bateson, (Eds): International Conference on Auditory-Visual Speech Processing-AVSP 98, Terrigal, Australia, pp.231-235
1100	1998	Rubin, P., & Vatikiotis-Bateson, E.	Editorial.	Speech Communicaiton, 26, 1-4.
1075	1998	Rubin, P., and Vatikiotis-Bateson, E.	Measuring and Modeling Speech Production.	Hopp, S.L, Owren, M.J., and Evans, C.S. Animal Acoustic Communication. Springer-Verlag, 1998, 251-290.
349	1981	Rubin, P., Baer, T., & Mermelstein, P.	An articulatory synthesizer for perceptual research.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 70, 321-328.
1026	1996	Rubin, P., Saltzman, E., Goldstein, L, McGowan, R., Tiede, M., and Browman, C.	CASY and extensions to the task-dynamic model.	1st ESCA Tutorial and Research Workshop on Speech Production Modeling - 4th Speech Prudction Seminar.
199	1976	Rubin, P., Turvey, M. T., & van Gelder, P.	Initial phonemes are detected faster in spoken words than in spoken nonwords.	Perception & Psychophysics, 19, 394-398.
921	1995	Rubin, Philip E.	HADES: a case study of the development of a signal analysis system.	Applied Speech Technology, edited by A. Syrdal, R. Bennett, and S. Greenspan. CRC Press: Florida, 501-520.
1255	2002	Rueckl, J.	The dynamics of visual word recognition.	Ecological Psychology. 14, 5-19.
1325	2002	Rueckl, J.G.	A Connectionist Perspective on Repetition Priming	Rethinking Implicit Memory by J. Bowers and C. Marsolek (Eds.) 2002, pp.67-104 Oxford University press
1381	2005	Rueckl, J.G. & Galantucci, B.	The locus and time course of long-term morphological priming	Language and Cognitive Processes, V. 20: No. 1-2, pp. 115-138.
1124	1999	Rueckl, J.G. & Raveh, M.	The influence of morphological regularities on the dynamics of a connectionist network.	Brain and Language, 68, 110-117
1590	2009	Rueckl, J.G. and Seidenberg, S.	Computational Modeling and the Neural Bases of Reading and Reading Disorders	n How Children Learn to Read: Current Issues and New Directions In the Integration of Cognition, Neurobiology and Genetics of Reading and Dyslexia Research and Practice, (Ed: Pugh, K.R. & McCardle, P.) pp. 99-131.
1107	1999	Rueckl, J.G., & Mathew, S.	Implicit memory for phonological processes in visual stem completion.	Memory and Cognition, 27, 1-11.
1157	1997	Rueckl, J.G., Mikolinski, M., Raveh, M., Miner, C.S., & Mars, F.	Morphological priming, fragment completion and connectionist networks.	Journal of Memory and Language. 36, 382-405.
558	1986	Saltzman E.	Task Dynamic Coordination of the Speech Articulators: A Preliminary Model.	Experimental Brain Research Series, 15, 129-144.
1169	2000	Saltzman, E, Lofqvist, A, & Mitra, S.	'Glue' and 'clocks' : intergestural cohesion and global timing.	In: Broe, M.B., & Pierrehumbert, J.B. (Eds.) Papers in Laboratory Phonology V Acquisition and the Lexicon. Cambridge University Press, London. (pp.88-101).
808	1991	Saltzman, E.	The Task Dynamic Model in Speech Production.	In H. F. M. Peters, W. Hulstijn, & C. W. Starkweather (eds.), Speech Motor Control and Stuttering. Elsevier Science Publishers. Excerpta Medica, Amsterdam.
1200	2000	Saltzman, E. , & Byrd, D	Task-dynamics of gestural timing: Phase windows and multifrequency rhythms.	Human Movement Science, 19, 999-526.
503	1985	Saltzman, E. & Kelso, J. A. S.	Synergies: Stabilities, instabilities, and modes. Commentary/Nashner & McCollum: Human postural movement.	The Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 8, 161-163.
799	1992	Saltzman, E. L.	Biomechanical and haptic factors in the temporal patterning of limb and speech activity.	Human Movement Science, 11, 239-251.
802	1992	Saltzman, E. L., & Munhall, K. G.	Skill Acquisition and Development: The Roles of State-, Parameter-, and Graph-Dynamics.	Journal of Motor Behavior, 24(1), 49-57.
1119	1998	Saltzman, E., & Byrd, D.	Tending the garden or the plant?	Bulletin de la Communication Parlée, no 4, 79-83
1139	1999	Saltzman, E., & Byrd, D.	Dynamical simulations of a phase window model of relative timing.	Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp.2275-2278). San Francisco, CA.
560	1987	Saltzman, E., & Kelso, J. A. S.	Skilled Actions: A Task-Dynamic Approach.	Psychological Review, Vol. 94, No.1 84-106.
695	1989	Saltzman, E., & Munhall, K. G.	A Dynamical Approach to Gestural Patterning in Speech Production.	Ecological Psychology, 1(4), 333-382.
803	1991	Saltzman, E., Kay, B., Rubin, P., & Kinsella-Shaw, J.	Dynamics of Intergestural Timing.	Current Phonetic Research Paradigms: Implications for Speech Motor Control. Stockholm, Sweden, August 13-16, 1991. (pp.47-56).
1105	1998	Saltzman, E., Löfqvist, A., Kay, B., Kinsella-Shaw, J. & Rubin, P.	Dynamics of intergestural timing: a perturbation study of lip-larynx coordination.	Journal of Experimental Brain Research, 123, 412-424.
831	1992	Saltzman, E., Lofqvist, A., Kinsella-Shaw, J., Rubin, P. E., & Kay, B.	A Perturbation Study of Lip-Larynx Coordination.	Proceedings of the 1992 International Conference on Spoken Language Processing (ICSLP '92): Addendum, Banff, Alberta, Canada. Edmonton, Canada: Priority Printing. (pp.19-22).
560A	1987	Saltzman, E., Rubin, P.E., Goldstein, L., & Browman, C.P.	Task-dynamic modeling of interarticulator coordination.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, v. 82, S15.
991	1995	Saltzman, Elliot L.	Dynamics and coordinate systems in skilled sensorimotor activity.	Mind in Motion, edited by Port, R.F., and T. van Gelder. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 149-173.
979	1995	Saltzman, Elliot, Löfqvist, Anders, Kinsella-Shaw, Jeff, Kay, Bruce, and Rubin, Philip.	On the dynamics of temporal patterning in speech.	Bell-Berti, F. and Raphael, L.J. Producing Speech: Contemporary Issues. For Katerhine Safford Harris. AIP Press: New York.
1028	1995	Saltzman, Elliot.	Intergestural timing in speech prodcution: data and modeling.	ICPhS Stockholm, Vol. 2, page 84, Session 17.4.
1070	1997	Sancier, Michele L, and Fowler, Carol A.	Gestural drift in a bilingual speaker of Brazilian Portuguese and English.	Journal of Phonetics, 25, 1997, 421-436.
1342	2004	Sandak, R., Mencl, W.E., Frost, S.J., Rueckl, J.G., Katz, L., Moore, D.L., Mason, S.A., Fulbright, R.K., Constable, R.T. & Pugh, K.R.	The neurobiology of adaptive learning in reading: A contrast of different training conditions	Cognitive, Affective, & Behavioral Neuroscience, V. 4: No. 1, pp. 67-88.
1344	2004	Sandak, Rebecca, Mencl, Einar W., Frost, Stephen, and Pugh, Kenneth	The Neurobiological Basis of Skilled and Impaired Reading: Recent Findingd and new Directions	Scientific Studies of Reading, 8(3), pp. 273-292
241	1978	Sands, E. S., Freeman, F. J., & Harris, K. S.	Progressive changes in articulatory patterns in verbal apraxia: A longitudinal case study	Brain and Language, 6, 97-105.
950	1994	Sasaki, Clarence T., Driscoll, Brian P, Gracco, Carol, and Eisen, Richard.	The fate of medialized cartilage in thyroplasty type I.	Archives of Otolaryngology -- Head & Neck Surgery, 120, December 1994.
1535	2007	Sato, M., Tremblay, P., Gracco, V.L.	A mediating role of the premotor cortex in phoneme segmentation.	Brain & Language, doi:10.1016/j.bandl.2009.03.002
108	1970	Sawashima, M., Abramson, A. S., Cooper, F. S., & Lisker, L.	Observing laryngeal adjustments during running speech by use of a fiberoptics system.	Phonetica, 22, 193-201.
157	1974	Sawusch, J. R., & Pisoni, D. B.	On the identification of place and voicing features in synthetic stop consonants.	Journal of Phonetics, 2, 181-194
1071	1998	Scarborough, H. S.	Early identification of children at risk for reading disabilities.	In: Shapiro, B.K., Accardo, P.J. and Capute, A.J.(eds.). Specific Reading Disability, A View of the Spectrum. pp.75-119. York Press, Timonium, Maryland.
1077	1998	Scarborough, H. S., Ehri, L. C., Olson, R. K., & Fowler, A.E.	The fate of phonemic awareness beyond the elementary school years.	Scientific Studies of Reading, 2(2), 115-142.
1221	1991	Scarborough, H.S. , Rescorla, L., Tager-Flusberg, H., Fowler, A.E. & Sudhater, V.	The relation of utterance length to grammatical complexity in normal and language-disordered groups.	Applied Pscyholinguistics 12, 23-45.
1277	2002	Scarborough, H.S. & Brady, S.A.	Toward a Common Terminology for Talking About Speech and Reading: A Glossary of the “Phon” Words and Some Related Terms	Journal of Literacy Research, v. 34: no. 3, pp. 299-336.
1213	1993	Scarborough, H.S. & Fowler, A.E.	The relationship between language disorders and reading disabilities.	American Speech-Language Hearing Association, Special Interests Divisions, Neurophysiology and Neurogenic Speech and Language Disorders. v.3, 12-15.
1331	2003	Scarborough, H.S. & Parker, J.D.	Matthew Effects in Children with Learning Disabilities: Development of Reading, IQ, and Psychosocial Problems From Grade 2 to Grade 8	Annals of Dyslexia, V. 53, pp. 47-71.
1160	1998	Scarbourgh, H.S.	Predicting the future achievement of second graders with reading disabilities: contributions of phonemic awareness, verbal memory, rapid naming and IQ.	Annals of Dyslexia, 48, 114-136.
1643	2009	Schafer, R.J., Lacadie, C., Vohr, B., Kesler, S.R., Katz, K.H., Schneider, K.C., Pugh, K.R., Makuch R.W., Reiss, A.L., Constable, R.T. & Ment, L.R.	Alterations in functional connectivity for language in prematurely born adolescents	Brain, v. 132, 2009, pp. 661-670.
686	1989	Schmidt, R. C., & Turvey, M. T.	Absolute Coordination: An Ecological Perspective.	In S. A. Wallace (Editor) Perspectives on the Coordination of Movement. Elsevier Science Publishers B. V. (North-Holland), 123-156.
771	1991	Schmidt, R. C., Beek, P. J., Treffner, P. J., & Turvey, M. T.	Dynamical Substructure of Coordinated Rhythmic Movements.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 17(3), 635-651.
718	1990	Schmidt, R. C., Carello, C., & Turvey, M. T.	Phase Transitions and Critical Fluctuations in the Visual Coordination of Rhythmic Movements Between People.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 16(2), 227-247.
876	1993	Schmidt, R. C., Shaw, B. K., & Turvey, M. T.	Coupling Dynamics in Interlimb Coordination.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 19(2), 397-415.
1646	2011	Schultz, A.P., Zou, Y., Marwan, N. & Turvey, M.T.	Local Minima-Based Recurrence Plots for Continuous Dynamical Systems	International Jounral of Bifurcation and Chaos, V. 21(4), 2011, pp. 1065-1075.
545	1984	Serafine, M. L., Crowder, R. G. & Repp, B. H.	Integration of melody and text in memory for songs.	Cognition, 16, 285-303.
538b	1986	Serafine, M. L., Davidson, J., Crowder, R. G., & Repp, B. H.	On the Nature of Melody-Text Integration in Memory for Songs.	Journal of Memory and Language, 25,, 123-135.
1624	2010	Shadle, C.H.	The Aerodynamics of Speech	the Handbook of Phonetic Sciences 2nd ed. (Ed.) Hardcastle, Laver & Gibbon
1416	2006	Shadle, C.H.	Phonetics, Acoustic	Encyclopedia of Language & Linguistics, 2nd Ed. Edited by Brown, K. Elsevier, Oxford 2006, V.9, pp. 442-260.
1600	2008	Shadle, C.H., Berezina, M., Proctor, M., Iskarous, K.	Mechanical Models of Fricatives Based on MRI-derived Vocal Tract Shapes	Proceedings of the 8th International Seminar on Speech Production 2008, (Eds.) Sock, R., Fuchs, S., Laprie, Y., Strasbourg, France, pp. 413-416.
705	1989	Shankweiler, D.	How Problems of Comprehension Are Related to Difficulties in Decoding.	In D. Shankweiler & I. Y. Liberman (Eds.), Phonology and Reading Disability: Solving the Reading Puzzle. (1989). IARLD Research Monograph Series. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.
767	1991	Shankweiler, D.	Starting on the Right Foot.	Educational Researcher, 20(4), 33-35.
1115	1999	Shankweiler, D.	Words to meanings.	Scientific Studies of Reading, 3, 2, 113-127.
1361a	2004	Shankweiler, D. & Fowler, A.E.	Questions people ask about the role of phonological processes in learning to read	Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, V. 17, pp. 483-515.
124	1972	Shankweiler, D. & Liberman, I.Y.	Misreading: A search for causes.	In Kavanagh, James F. & Mattingly, Ignatius G.(eds.) Language by ear and by eye; the relationships between speech and reading. (pp.293-317). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press
109	1971	Shankweiler, D. P.	Laterality effects in speech perception.	In D. L. Horton & J. J. Jenkins (Eds.), Perception of language (pp. 185-200). Columbus, OH: Charles E. Merrill.
61	1966	Shankweiler, D. P., & Harris, K. S.	An experimental approach to the problem of articulation in aphasia.	Cortex, 2, 277-292.
193	1977	Shankweiler, D. P., Strange, W., & Verbrugge, R. R.	Speech and the problem of perceptual constancy.	In R. E. Shaw & J. D. Branford (Eds.), Perceiving, acting, and knowing: Toward an ecological psychology. Hillsdale NJ: Erlbaum
555	1986	Shankweiler, D., & Crain, S.	Language mechanisms and reading disorder: A modular approach.	Cognition, 24, 139-168.
843	1992	Shankweiler, D., & Lundquist, E.	On the Relations between Learning to Spell and Learning to Read.	In R. Frost, and L. Katz (eds.), Orthography, Phonology, Morphology, and Meaning. (pp.179-192).
66	1967	Shankweiler, D., & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Identification of consonants and vowels presented to the left and right ears.	Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 19, 59-63.
184	1975	Shankweiler, D., & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	A continuum of lateralization for speech perception?	Brain and Language, 2, 212-225
687	1989	Shankweiler, D., Crain, S., Gorrell, P., & Tuller, B.	Reception of Language in Broca's Aphasia.	Language and Cognition Processes, 4(1), 1-33.
955	1995	Shankweiler, D., Crain, S., Katz, L., Fowler, A.E., Liberman, A.M., Brady, S.A., Thornton, R., Lundquist, E., Dreyer, L., Fletcher, J.M., Stuebing, K.K., Shaywitz, S.E., and Shaywitz, B.A.	Cognitive profiles of reading-disabled children: comparison of language skills in phonology, morphology, and syntax.	Psychological Science, 6 (3), May 1995.
71	1968	Shankweiler, D., Harris, K., & Taylor, M. L.	Electromyographic studies of articulation in aphasia.	Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 49, 1-8.
375	1982	Shankweiler, D., Liberman, I. Y., & Mark, L. S.	Phonetic coding in dyslexics and normal readers, by Hall, Ewing, Tinzmann and Wilson: A reply.	Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 19, 78-79
277	1979	Shankweiler, D., Liberman, I. Y., Mark, L. S., Fowler, C. A., & Fischer, F. W.	The speech code and learning to read.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory, 5, 531-545
1103	1999	Shankweiler, D., Lundquist, E., Katz, L., Stuebing, K.K., Fletcher, J.M., Brady, S.A., Fowler, A.E., Dreyer, L.G., Marchione, K.E., Shaywitz, S.E., & Shaywitz, B.A.	Comprehension and decoding: Patterns of association in children with reading difficulties.	Scientific Studies of Reading, 3 (1), 69-74.
1519	2008	Shankweiler, D., Mencl, W.E., Braze, D., Tabor, W., Pugh, K.R. & Fulbright, R.K.	Reading Differences and Brain: Cortical Integration of Speech and Print in Sentence Processing Varies With Reader Skill	Developmental Neuropsychology, V.33: No. 6, pp. 745-775.
484	1984	Shankweiler, D., Smith, S. T., Mann, V. A.	Repetition and comprehension of spoken sentences by reading-disabled children.	Brain and Language, 23, 241-257.
1017	1996	Shankweiler, Donald, Lundquist, Eric, Dreyer, Lois G., and Dickinson, Cheryl C.	Reading and spelling difficulties in high school students: causes and consequences.	Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 8, 267-294, June 1996.
911	1994	Shankweiler, Donald.	Book review: Rebecca Treiman, Beginning to Spell.	Language and Speech, 37 (1), 77-79.
769	1991	Shaw, B. W., McGowan, R. S., & Turvey, M. T.	An Acoustic Variable Specifying Time-to-Contact.	Ecological Psychology, 3(3), 253-261.
1553	2002	Shaywitz, B.A, Shaywitz, S.E., Pugh, K.R., Mencl, W.E., Fulbright, R.K., Skudlarski, P., Constable, R.T., Marchione, K.E., Fletcher, J.M., Lyon, G.R., & Gore, J.C.	Disruption of Posterior Brain Systems for Reading in Children with Developmental Dyslexia	Biological Psychiatry, v. 52, pp. 101-110.
1554	2004	Shaywitz, B.A., Shaywitz, S.E., Blachman, B.A., Pugh, K.R., Fulbright, R.K., Skuddlarski, P., Mencl, W.E., Constable, R.T., Holahan, J.M., Marchione, K.E., Fletcher, J.M., Lyon, G.R. & Gore, J.C.	Development of Left Occipitotemporal Systems for Skilled Reading in Children After a Phonologically-Based Intervention.	Biological Psychiatry, v. 55, 926-933.
959	1995	Shaywitz, Bennet A., Pugh, Kenneth R., Constable, R. Todd, Shaywitz, Sally E., Bronen, Richard A., Fulbright, Robert K., Shankweiler, Donald P., Katz, Leonard, Fletcher, Jack M., Skudlarski, Pawel, and Gore, John C.	Localization of semantic processing using functional magnetic resonance imaging.	Human Brain Mapping, 2: 149-158.
954	1995	Shaywitz, Bennett A., Shaywitz, Sally E., Pugh, Kenneth R., Constable, R. Todd, Skudlarski, Pawel, Fulbright, Robert K., Bronen, Richard A., Fletcher, Jack M., Shankweiler, Donald P., Katz, Leonard, and Gore, John C.	Sex differences in the functional organization of the brain for language.	Nature, 373 (16), February 1995.
1551	1998	Shaywitz, S.E., Shaywitz, B.A., Pugh, K.R., Fulbright, R.K., Constable, R.T., Mencl, W.E., Shakweiler, D.P., Liberman, A.M., Skudlarski, P, Fletcher, J.M, Katz, L., Marchione, K.E., Lacadie, C., Gatenby, C. & Gore, J.C.	Functional disruption in the organization of the brain for reading in dyslexia.	Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, v. 95, pp. 2636-2641.
1552	1999	Shaywitz, S.E., Shaywitz, B.A., Pugh, K.R., Fulbright, R.K., Skudlarski, P., Mencl, W.E., Constable, R.t., Naftolin, F., Palter, S.F., Marchione, K.E., Katz, L, Shankweiler, D.P., Fletcher, J.M, Lacadie, C., Keltz, M., Gore, J.C.	Effect of Estrogen on Brain Activation Patterns Postmenopausal Women During Working Memory Tasks	Journal of American Medical Association, v.281(13), pp. 1197-1202
984	1995	Sheffert, Sonya M. and Fowler, Carol A.	The effects of voice and visible speaker change on memory for spoken words.	Journal of Memory and Language, 34, 665-685.
91	1970	Shelton, R. L., Harris, K. S., Sholes, G. N., & Dooley, P. M.	Study of nonspeech voluntary palate movements by scaling and electromyographic techniques.	In J. F. Bosma (Ed.), Second Symposium on Oral Sensation and Perception (pp. 432- 441). Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas.
1399	2005	Shiller, D.M, Hule, G., & Ostry, D.J.	Voluntary Control of Human Jaw Stiffness	Journal of Neurophysiology, V. 94, pp. 2207-2217.
1664	2010	Shiller, D.M., Gracco, V.L., Rvachew, S.	Auditory-Motor Learning during Speech Production in 9-11 Year Old Children	PLoS One, September 2010, v. 5(9)
1266	2002	Shiller, D.M., Laboissiére, R. & Ostry, D.	Relationship between jaw stiffness and kinematic variability in speech.	Journal of Neurophysiology, 88, 2329-2340
1211	2001	Shiller, D.M., Ostry, D.J. , Gribble, P.L. & Laboissiere, R.	Compensation for the effects of head acceleration on jaw movement in speech.	The Journal of Neuroscience, 21, 66447-6456
1529	2009	Shiller, D.M., Sato, M., Gracco, V.L. Baum, S.R.	Perceptual recalibration of speech sounds following speech motor learning	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, v. 125: no. 2, pp. 1102-1113.
1284	2003	Shockley, K., Santana, M.V. & Fowler, C.A.	Mutual Interpersonal Postural constraints Are Involved in Cooperative Conversation	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, v. 29:no. 2, pp. 326-332.
1351	2004	Shockley, Kevin, Sabadini, Laura and Fowler, Carol	Imitation in shadowing words	Perception & Psychophysics 2004, 66 (3), pp. 422-429.
537	1986	Shoner, G., Haken, H. & Kelso, J. A. S.	A Stochastic Theory of Phase Transitions in Human Hand Movement	Biol. Cybern. 53, 247-257.
989	1995	Shove, Patrick, and Repp, Bruno H.	Musical motion and performance: theoretical and empirical perspectives.	The Practice of Performance, edited by J. Rink
1257	2002	Sieber, J.E., Plattner, S., & Rubin, P.	How (Not) to regulate social and behavioral research.	Professional Ethics Report, XV, 1-8
1372	2005	Silberman, Y., Miikkulainnnnem, R. & Bentin, S.	Associating Unseen Events - Semantically Mediated Formation of Episodic Associations	Psychological Science, V. 16: No.2, pp. 161-166.
249	1978	Simon, H. J., & Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Selective anchoring and adaptation of phonetic and nonphonetic continua.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 64, 1338-1357.
1262	2002	Singh, L., Morgan, J.L., & Best, C.T.	Infants listening preferences: Baby talk or happy talk?	Infancy, 3, 365-394.
858	1993	Smith, Caroline L., Browman, Catherine P., McGowan, Richard S., and Kay, Bruce.	Extracting dynamic parameters from speech movement data.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 93 (3), March 1993.
529	1985	Smith, M. R.	Review (Locke)	Language, Vol.6l, No.4, 907-912
459	1984	Smith, M. R.	Intrinsic characteristics of activity: a comment on Kent's psychobiology.	American Journal of Physiology, 246, R895-896.
458	1984	Smith, M. R.	Introduction to Iberall's thermodynamics of soft systems.	American Journal of Physiology, 246, R936.
460	1984	Smith, M. R.	A linguist's view of the Bellman-Goldberg thesis.	American Journal of Physiology, 246, R922-924.
1238	2001	Smith, M.C., Bentin, S. & Spalek, T.M.	Attention constraints of semantic activation during visual word recognition.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition. 27(5), 1289-1298.
714	1990	Smith, S. T., Macaruso, P., Shankweiler, D., & Crain, S.	Syntactic comprehension in young poor readers.	Applied Psycholinguistics, 10, 429-454.
571	1986	Smith, S. T., Mann, V. A., & Shankweiler,	Spoken sentence comprehension by good and poor readers: A study with the token test.	Cortex 22,, 627-632.
1234	2001	Snyder, W.	On the nature of syntactic variation: evidence from complex predicates and complex word-formation.	Language, 777, 324-343.
1251	2001	Snyder, W., Senghas, A., Inman, K. Snyder, W., Senghas, A., Inman, K.	Agreement morphology and the acquisition of noun-drop in Spanish.	Language Acquisition, 9(2), 157-173. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.
1634	2010	So, C.K., Best, C.T.	Cross-language Perception of Non-native Tonal Contrasts: Effects of Native Phonological and Phonetic Influences	Language and Speech, v. 53(2), pp. 273-293.
1024	1996	Sock, Rudolph, Löfqvist, Anders, and Perrier, Pascal.	Kinematic and acoustic correlates of quantity in Swedish and Wolof: a cross-language study.	1st ESCA Tutorial and Research Workshop on Speech Production Modeling - 4th Speech Prudction Seminar.
1663	2010	Speech-induced suppression of evoked auditory fields in children who stutter	Beal, D.S., Quraan, M.A., Cheyne, D.O., Taylor, M.J., Gracco, V.L., De Nil, L.F.	NeuroImage
711	1990	Spitz-Rubin, J., & McGarr, N. S.	Perception of Terminal Fall Contours in Speech Produced by Deaf Persons.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 33, 174-180.
1626	2009	Stephen, D.G. & Boncoddo, R.A. & Magnuson, J.S. & Dixon, J.A.	They dynamics of insight: Mathematical discovery as a phase transition	Memory & Cognition, v. 37(8), 2009 pp. 1132-1149.
1564	2009	Stephen, D.G., Mirman, D., Magnuson, J.S., & Dixon, J.A.	Lévy-like diffusion in eye movements during spoken-language comprehension	Physical Review, E 79, pp. 056114-1056114-6.
1521	2008	Stephen, D.G., Stepp, N. Dixon, J.A., Turvey, M.T.	Strong anticipation: Sensitivity to long-range correlations in synchronization behavior.	Physica A, v. 387, pp. 5271-5278
1523	2009	Stepp, N. & Frank, T.D.	A data-analysis method for decomposing synchronization variability of anticipatory systems into stochastic and deterministic components.	The European Physical Journal B, v. 67, pp. 251-257.
1571	2010	Stepp, N. & Turvey, M.T.	On strong anticipation	Cognitive Systems Research, V. 11, pp. 148-164.
1659	2011	Stepp, N., Chemero, A., Turvey, M.T.	Philosophy for the Rest of Cognitive Science	Topics in cognitive Science 3 (2011), pp. 425l-437.
78	1969	Stevens, K. N., Liberman, A. M., Studdert-Kennedy, M., & Ohman, S. E. G.	Cross language study of vowel perception.	Language and Speech, 12, 1-23.
990	1995	Stone, B., and Brady, S.A.	Evidence for phonological processing deficits in less-skilled readers.	Annals of Dyslexia, 45, 51-78.
1383	2004	Stone, M., Epstein, M.A. & Iskarous, K.	Functional segments in tongue movement	Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics, V. 18:No. 6-8, pp. 507-521.
1020	1996	Story, Robin Seider, Alfonso, Peter J., and Harris, Katherine S.	Pre- and posttreatment comparison of the kinematics of the fluent speech of persons who stutter.	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, Vol. 39, 991-1005, October 1996.
202	1976	Strange, W., Verbrugge, R., Shankweiler, D. P., & Edman, T. R.	Consonantal environment specifies vowel identity.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 60, 213-224.
1471	2007	Strauss, T.J., Harris, H.D. & Magnuson, J.S.	jTRACE: A reimplementation and extension of the TRACE model of speech perception and spoken word recognition.	Behavior Research Methods, V. 39:No.1(2007), pp. 19-30.
690	1989	Studdert-Kennedy, M .	The Early Development of Phonological Form.	In C. von Euler, H. Forssberg, & H. Lagercrantz (Eds.), Neurobiology of Early Infant Behavior (pp. 287-301). Stockton Press; Stockholm.
1396	2005	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	How did language go discrete?	Language Origins - Perspectives on Evolution Edited by: Tallerman, Maggie Oxford University Press, pp. 48-67.
1188	2000	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Evolutionary implications of the particulate principle: imitation and the dissociation of phonetic form from semantic function.	In: Knight, C., Studdert-Kennedy, M. & Hurford, J.R. (eds.). The Evolutionary Emergence of Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
1092	1998	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	The particulate origins of language generativity: from syllable to gesture.	In: Hurford, J., Studdert-Kennedy, M., & Knight, C. (eds.), Approaches to the evolution of language, Cambridge, U.K.: Cambrdge University Press.
861	1993	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Some Theoretical Implications of Cross-Modal Research in Speech Perception.	In B. de Boysson-Bardies et al. (eds.), Developmental Neurocognition: Speech and Face Processing in the First Year of Life. Kluwer Academic Publishers. The Netherlands. (pp.461-466).
863	1993	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Discovering phonetic function. Journal of Phonetics, 21, 147-155.	Journal of Phonetics, 21, 147-155.
696	1986	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Development of the Speech Perceptuomotor System.	In B. Lindblom & R. Zetterstrom (Eds.), Precursors of Early Speech (pp. 205-217). Wenner-Gren International Symposium Series, Vol. 44.
303	1980	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Speech perception.	Language and Speech, 23, 45-66.
1245	2002	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Deficits in phoneme awareness do not arise from failures in rapid auditory processing.	Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal 15: 5-14.
1176	2000	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Imitation and the emergence of segments.	Phonetica, 57, 275-283.
805	1991	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Learning to speak: A note on the units of speech production and speech perception.	Paper from the symposium Current Phonetic Research Paradigms: Implications for Speech Motor Control. Stockholm, Sweden, August 13-16, 1991. (pp.173-186).
741	1991	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	This view of language: A commentary on S. Pinker and P. Bloom "Natural "language and natural selection.	Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 13, 758-759.
725	1990	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Reading Gestures By Light and Sound.	In A. W. Young & H. D. Ellis (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Face Processing. (l989). Elsevier Science Publishers B. V. (North Holland).
700	1990	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Paradigm lost: A commentary on D. W. Massaro "Speech perception by ear and eye: A paradigm for psychological inquiry".	Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 12(4), 774-775.
668	1989	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Cues to What? A Comment on Diehl and Kluender "On the Objects of Speech Perception".	Ecological Psychology, 1(2), 181-193.
653	1988	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	A review by Michael Studdert-Kennedy: Doing the Biology of Language, By Eric Keller and Myrna Gopnik,	Motor and Sensory Processes of Language. Contemporary Psychology, 33, 1067-1068
590	1987	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	The phoneme as a perceptuomotor structure.	In A. Allport, D. MacKay, W. Prinz, & E. Scheerer (Eds.). Language Perception and Production, 67-84. London: Academic Press.
548	1986	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Two cheers for direct realism.	Journal of Phonetics, 14, 99-104.
442	1984	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	On learning to speak.	Human Neurobiology, 2, 191-195.
436	1983	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Perceptual processing links to the motor system.	In M. Studdert-Kennedy (Ed.), Psychobiology of language (pp. 29-39). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
427	1983	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Mapping speech: More analysis, less synthesis, please.	The Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 6, 218-219.
425	1983	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Limits on alternative auditory representations of speech.	In Proceedings of the International Conference on Cochlear Prostheses (pp. 33-38). New York: New York Academy of Sciences.
381	1982	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	On the dissociation of auditory and phonetic perception.	In R. Carlson & B. Granstrom (Eds.), The representation of speech in the peripheral auditory system (pp. 9-26). Amsterdam: Elsevier Biomedical Press.
382	1982	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Discovering the sound pattern of a language. [Review of Discovering the sound pattern of a language, Vol. 1: Production, and Vol. 2, Perception].	Contemporary Psychology, 27, 510-512.
340	1981	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Cerebral hemispheres: Specialized for the analysis of what?	The Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 4, 76-77.
351	1981	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	The emergence of phonetic structure.	Cognition, 10, 301-306.
360	1981	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Perceiving phonetic segments.	In T. Myers, J. Laver, & J. Anderson (Eds.), The cognitive representation of speech. Amsterdam: North Holland.
360a.	1981	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	The beginnings of speech.	In K.Immelmann, G.Barlow , L.Petrinovich & M.Main (Eds.) Behavioral Development: The Bielefeld Interdisciplinary Project. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
292	1980	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Language by hand and by eye.	A review by M. Studdert-Kennedy of The Signs of Language by Edward S. Klima and Ursula Bellugi. Cognition, 8, 93-108.
218	1977	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Universals in phonetic structure and their role in linguistic communication.	In T. H. Bullock (Ed.), Recognition of complex acoustic signals (pp. 37-48). Berlin: Dahlem Konferenzen.
185	1976	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Speech perception.	In N. J. Lass (Ed.), Contemporary issues in experimental phonetics (pp. 243-293). New York: Academic Press.
188	1975	Studdert-Kennedy, M.	Two questions.	Brain and Language, 2, 123-130
323	1980	Studdert-Kennedy, M. & Bellugi, U.	"Introduction" by M. Studdert-Kennedy and U. Bellugi.	In U. Bellugi & M. Studdert-Kennedy (Eds.), Signed and spoken language: Biological constraints on linguistic form. Weinheim: Verlag Chemie, pp. 3-12.
65	1966	Studdert-Kennedy, M. & Cooper, F. S.	High-performance reading machines for the blind.	International Conference on Sensory Devices for the Blind, 317-340.
1289	2003	Studdert-Kennedy, M. & Goldstein, L.	Launching Language: The Gestural Origin of Discrete Infinity	In Morten Christiansen and Simon Kirby (eds.) Language Evolution, Oxford University Press, 235-254.
1187	1995	Studdert-Kennedy, M. & Goodell, E.W.	Gestures, features and segments in early child speech.	In: deGelder, B. & Morais, J. (eds.). Speech and Reading: A Comparative Approach. Hove, England: Erlbaum (UK), Taylor & Francis
132	1972	Studdert-Kennedy, M. & Hadding, K.	Further experimental studies of fundamental frequency contours.	Proceedings of the 7th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp. 1024-1031). The Hague: Mouton.
43	1962	Studdert-Kennedy, M. & Liberman, A. M.	Psychological considerations in design of auditory displays for reading machines.	Proceedings of the International Congress on Technology and Blindness, 1, 289-304.
149	1973	Studdert-Kennedy, M., & Hadding, K.	Auditory and linguistic processes in the perception of intonation contours.	Language and Speech, 16, 293-313.
321	1980	Studdert-Kennedy, M., & Lane, H.	Clues from the differences between signed and spoken language.	In U. Bellugi & M. Studdert-Kennedy (Eds.), Signed and spoken language: Biological constraints on linguistic form (pp. 29-39). Deerfield Park, FL: Verlag Chemie.
331	1981	Studdert-Kennedy, M., & Shankweiler, D.	Hemispheric specialization for language processes.	Science, 211, 960-961.
96	1970	Studdert-Kennedy, M., & Shankweiler, D. P.	Hemispheric specialization for speech perception.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 48, 579-594.
92	1970	Studdert-Kennedy, M., Liberman, A. M., Harris, K. S., & Cooper, F. S.	Motor theory of speech perception: A reply to Lane's critical review.	Psychological Review, 77, 234-249.
1174	2000	Studdert-Kennedy, M., Mody, M. & Brady, S.A.	Speech Perception Deficits in Poor Readers: A reply to Denenberg’s critique.	Journal of Learning Disabilities, v.33, 4, 317-321.
122	1972	Studdert-Kennedy, M., Shankweiler, D., & Pisoni, D.	Auditory and phonetic processes in speech perception: Evidence from a dichotic study.	Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 2, 455-466.
97	1970	Studdert-Kennedy, M., Shankweiler, D., & Schulman, S.	Opposed effects of a delayed channel on perception of dichotically and monotically presented CV syllables.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 48, 599-602.
684	1989	Studdert-Kennedy, M..	Feature Fitting: A comment on K. N. Stevens' "On the quantal nature of speech".	Journal of Phonetics, 17, 135-143.
1143	1999	Studdert-Kennedy, Michael and Whalen, D. H.	A brief history of speech perception research in the United States.	In A. Bronstein, J.Ohala & W.Weigel (eds) A guide to the history of the phonetic sciences in the United States. University of California Press: Berkeley CA.
924	1994	Studdert-Kennedy, Michael.	Book review: Hand and Mind: What Gestures Reveal about Thought, by David McNeill.	Language and Speech, 37 (2), 203-209.
834	1992	Studdert-Kennedy, Michael.	Leap of faith: a review of Language and Species.	Applied Psycholinguistics, 13, 515-527.
987	1995	Studdert-Knenedy, and Mody, Maria.	Auditory temporal perception deficits in the reading-impaired: a critical review of the evidence.	Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 2 (4), 508-514.
219	1977	Summerfield, Q., & Haggard, M.	On the dissociation of spectral and temporal cues to the voicing distinction in initial stop consonants.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 62, 436-448.
325	1980	Summerfield, Q., Bailey, P. J., & Erickson, D.	Short Communication: A note on perceptuo-motor adaptation of speech.	Journal of Phonetics, 8, 491-499.
1081	1998	Surprenant, A.M., & Goldstein, L.	The perception of speech gestures.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 1, 518-529.
1232	2001	Suzuki, M., Shiller, D.M., Gribble, P.L., Ostry, D.J.	Relationship between cocontraction, movement kinematics and phasic muscle activity in single-joint arm movement.	Experimental Brain Research 140, 171-181.
1419	2006	Terry, N.P.	Relations between dialect variation, grammar, and early spelling skills	Reading and Writing, v. 19, pp. 907-931.
1653	2011	Terry, P.N., & Scarborough, H.S.	The Phonological Hypothesis as Valuable Framework for Studying the Relation of Dialect Variation to Early Reading Skills	In Explaining Individual Differences in Reading Theory and Evidence, (Ed.) Brady, S.A., Braze, D., Fowler, C.A., Psychology Press, 2011, pp. 97-117.
1427	2006	Thomson, J.J., Elgin, C., Human, D.A., Rubin, P.E. & Knight, J.	Report: Research on Human Subjects: Academic Freedom and the Institutional Review Board.	Academe, V. 92:No. 5, September-October 2006. (http://www.aaup.org/AAUP/pubsresearch/academe/2006/SO/Reports/ResearchonHumanSubjects.htm).
1668	1996	Tiede, M.K.	An MRI-based study of pharyngeal volume contrasts in Akan and English.	Journal of Phonetics, v. 24, pp. 399-421.
1667	2010	Tiede, M.K., Boyce, S.E., Espy-Wilson, C.Y. & Gracco, V.L.	Variability of North American English /r/ production in response to palatal perturbation.	In B.Maassen & P. van Lieshout, eds., Speech Motor Control: New Developments in Basic and Applied Research. Oxford University Press, pp. 53-67.
891	1993	Tingsabadh, M.R. Kalaya, and Abramson, Arthur S.	Thai.	Journal of the International Phonetic Association, 23 (1), 24-28.
931	1995	Treiman, Rebecca, Folwer, Carol A., Gross, Jennifer, Berch, Denise, and Weatherston, Sarah.	Syllable structure or word structure? Evidence for onset and rime units with disyllabic and trisyllabic stimuli.	Journal of Memory and Language, 34, 132-155.
1537	2009	Tremblay, P. & Gracco, V.L.	On the selction of words and oral motor responses: Evidence of a response-independent fronto-parietal network.	Cortex, doi:10.1016/j.cortex.2009.03.003, pp. 1-14.
1436	2006	Tremblay, P. & Gracco, V.L.	Contribution of the frontal lobe to externally and internally specified verbal responses: fMRI evidence	NeuroImage, V. 33, pp. 947-957.
1536	2009	Tremblay, P., Gracco, V.L.	Contribution of the pre-SMA to the production of words and non-speech oral motor estures, as revealed by repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS).	Brain Research, 1268, pp. 112-124.
1480	2008	Tremblay, P., Shiller, D.M., Gracco, V.L.	On the time-course and frequency selectivity of the EEG for different modes of response selection: Evidence from speech production and keyboard pressing.	Clinical Neurophysiology, v. 119, pp. 88-99.
1528	2008	Tremblay, P., Shiller, D.M., Gracco, V.L.	On the time-course and frequency selectivity of the EEG for different modes of response selection: Evidence from speech production and keyboard pressing.	Clinical Neurophysiology, v. 119, pp. 88-99.
1313	2003	Tremblay, S. & Ostry, D.	Evidence for the Use of Somatosensory Feedback in Speech Production	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp.3133-3136.
1490	2008	Tremblay, S., Houle, G. & Ostry, D.J.	Specificity of Speech Motor Learning	The Journal of neuroscience, V.28:No. 10, pp. 2426-2434.
1286	2003	Tremblay, S., Shiller, D.M. & Ostry, D.J.	Somatosensory basis of speech production	Nature, v423, pp. 866-869
909	1994	Tsunoda, Koichi, Niimi, Seiji, and Hirose, Hajime.	The roles of the posterior cricoarytenoid and thyropharyngeus muscles in whispered speech.	Folia Phoniatr Logop, 46, 139-151.
474	1984	Tuller, B.	On categorizing aphasic speech errors.	Neuropsychologia, 22, 547-557.
473	1984	Tuller, B. & Kelso, J. A. S.	The timing of articulatory gestures: Evidence for relational invariants.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 76, 1030-1036.
291	1980	Tuller, B., & Fitch, H.	Preservation of vocal tract length in speech: A negative finding.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 67, 1068-1071.
294	1980	Tuller, B., & Fowler, C. A.	Some articulatory correlates of perceptual isochrony.	Perception & Psychophysics, 27, 277-283.
341	1981	Tuller, B., Harris, K. S., & Gross, B.	Electromyographic study of the jaw muscles during speech.	Journal of Phonetics, 9, 175-188.
371	1982	Tuller, B., Harris, K., & Kelso, J. A. S.	Stress and rate: Differential transformations of articulation.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 71, 1534-1543.
430	1983	Tuller, B., Kelso, J. A. S. , & Harris, K.	Converging evidence for the role of relative timing in speech.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 9, 829-833.
368	1982	Tuller, B., Kelso, J. A. S., & Harris, K.	Interarticular phasing as an index of temporal regularity in speech.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 8, 460-472
1520	2008	Turvey, M. & Fonseca, S.	Nature of Motor Control: Perspectives and Issues	In D. Sternad (ed.), Progress in Motor Control, DOI: 10.1007/978-0-387-77064-2_6, Springer Science+Business Media, LLC 2008, pp. 93-122.
525	1986	Turvey, M. T.	Intentionality: A problem of multiple reference frames specificational information, and extraordinary boundary conditions on natural law. Commentary/Sayre: Intentionality and information processing.	Behavioral and Brain Sciences, Vol 9 No. 1, 153-154.
275	1979	Turvey, M. T.	The thesis of efference-mediation of vision cannot be rationalized.	The Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 2, 81-83.
127	1973	Turvey, M. T.	On peripheral and central processes in vision: Inferences from an information-processing analysis of masking with patterned stimuli.	Psychological Review, 80, 1-52.
770	1991	Turvey, M. T.	Coordination.	American Psychologist, 45(8), 938-953.
322	1980	Turvey, M. T.	Clues from the organization of motor systems.	In U. Bellugi & M. Studdert-Kennedy (Eds.), Signed and spoken language: Biological constraints on linguistic form. Weinheim: Verlag Chemie, pp.41-56.
208	1977	Turvey, M. T.	Contrasting orientations to the theory of visual information processing.	Psychological Review, 84, 67-88.
570	1986	Turvey, M. T.	Beyond anatomical specificity. Commentary/Berkinblit et al.: Movement control.	Behavioral and Brain Sciences, Vol. 9, No. 4, 624-625.
510	1985	Turvey, M. T. & Kay, B.	Control of Complex Systems: An Intrinsically Derived or Imposed Process? A review.	Contemporary Psychology Vol.30, No.9, 687-688.
574	1986	Turvey, M. T., & Carello, C.	The ecological approach to perceiving-acting a pictorial essay.	Acta Psychologica, 63, 133-155.
492	1985	Turvey, M. T., & Carello, C.	The equation of information and meaning from the perspectives of situation semantics and Gibson’s ecological realism.	Linguistics and Philosophy, 8, 81-90.
874	1993	Turvey, M. T., & Fitzpatrick, P.	Commentary: Development of perception-Action Systems and General Principles of Pattern Formation.	Child Development, 64, 1175-1190.
461	1984	Turvey, M. T., & Kugler, P. N.	A comment on equating information with symbol strings.	American Journal of Physiology, 246, R925-927.
452	1984	Turvey, M. T., & Solomon, J.	Visually perceiving distance: A comment on Shebilske, Karmiohl and Proffitt (1983).	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 10, 449-454.
875	1992	Turvey, M. T., Burton, G. and Pagano, C. C., Solomon, H. Y., & Runeson, S.	Role of the Inertia Tensor in Perceiving Object Orientation by Dynamic Touch.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 3, 714-727.
168	1974	Turvey, M. T., Michaels, C. F., & Port, D. K.	Visual storage or visual masking? An analysis of the 'Retroactive contour enhancement' effect.	Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 26, 72-81
553	1986	Turvey, M. T., Rosenblum, L. D., Schmidt, R. C. & Kugler, P. N.	Fluctuations and Phase Symmetry in Coordinated Rhythmic Movements.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, Vol. 12, No. 4, 564-583.
732	1991	Turvey, M. T., Saltzman, E. & Schmidt, R. C.	Dynamics and Task-specific Coordinations.	In N. I. Badler, B. A. Barsky, & D. Zeltzer, (Eds.). (1991). Making them move: Mechanics, control, and animation of articulated figures. San Mateo, CA: Morgan Kaufmann. Pg. 157-170.
710	1990	Turvey, M. T., Schmidt, R. C., & Rosenblum, L. D.	`Clock' and `Motor' Components in Absolute Coordination of Rhythmic Movements.	Neuroscience, 33(1), 1-10.
622	1988	Turvey, M. T., Schmidt, R. C., Rosenblum, L. D.	On the Time Allometry of Co-ordinated Rhythmic Movements.	J. Theo. Biol., 130, 285-325.
253a	1978	Turvey, M. T., Shaw, R. E., Mace,W.	Issues in the theory of action: Degrees of freedom, coordinative structures and coalitions.	Lawrence Erlbaum Associates
1474	2007	Turvey, M.T.	Action and perception at the level of synergies	Human Movement Science, V. 26, pp. 657-697.
168a	1977	Turvey, M.T.	Preliminaries to a theory of action with reference to vision.	In R.Shaw & J.Bransford (Eds.) Perceiving, acting, and knowing: Toward an ecological psychology. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. pp.211-265.
1666	2011	Turvey, M.T. & Carello, C.	Obtaining information by dynamic (effortful) touching.	Philosophical Transactions of The Royal Society, v. 366, pp. 3123-3132.
1415	2006	Turvey, M.T. & Moreno, M.A.	Physical metaphors for the mental lexicon	The Mental Lexiicaon, V.1:No. 1, pp. 7-33.
414	1983	Tye, N., Zimmermann, G., & Kelso, J. A. S.	"Compensatory articulation" in hearing-impaired speakers: A cinefluorographic study.	Journal of Phonetics, 11, 101-115.
1482	2008	Tyrone, M.E. & Woll, B.	Palilalia in Sign Language	Neurology, V. 70, pp. 155-156.
1513	2008	Tyrone, M.E.	Sign Phonetics and the Motor system: Implications from Parkinson’s Disease	In Jose Quer (Ed.) Signs of the time: Selected Papers From TISLR 2004 - International Studies on Sign language and Communication of the Deaf v. 51, pp. 43-58.
1453	2007	Tyrone, M.E.	Simultaneity in atypical signers - Implications for the structure of signed language	Simultaneity in signed Languages, Form and function, v. 281, pp. 317-335.
1593	2010	Tyrone, M.E. & Mauk, C.E.	Sign lowering and phonetic reduction in American Sign Language	Journal of Phonetics, v. 38, pp. 317-328.
1560	2009	Tyrone, M.E., Atkinson, J.R., Marshall, J. and Woll, B.	The effects of cerebellar ataxia on sign language production: A case study	Neurocase, v. 15: no. 5, pp. 419-426.
640	1988	Urosevic, Z., Carello, C., Savic, M., Lukatela, G., & Turvey, M. T.	Word Order and Inflectional Strategies in Syntactic Processing.	Language and Cognitive Processes, 3(1), 49-71.
581	1986	Urosevic, Z., Carello, C., Savic, M., Lukatela, G., & Turvey, M. T.	Some word-order effects in Serbo-Croatian.	Language and Speech, Vol. 29, Part 2, 177-195.
165	1974	Ushijima, T. & Hirose, H.	Electromyographic study of the velum during speech.	Journal of Phonetics, 2, 315-326.
1672	2011	Vahdat, S., Darainy, M., Milner, T.E., & Ostry, D.J.	Functionally Specific Changes in Resting-State Sensorimotor Networks after Motor Learning.	The Journal of Neuroscience, v. 31(47), pp. 16907-16915.
1454	2007	Van Dyke, J.A.	Interference Effects From Grammatically Unavailable Constituents During Sentence Processing	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, V. 33:No. 2, pp. 407-430.
1421	2006	Van Dyke, J.A. & McElree, B.	Retrieval interference in sentence comprehension	Journal of Memory and Language, V. 55, pp. 157-166.
1379	2005	Van Orden, G.C., Holden, J.G. & Turvey, M.T.	Human Cognition and 1/f Scaling	Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, V. 134:No. 1, pp. 117-123.
878	1993	Vatikiotis-Bateson, E., & Kelso, J. A. S.	Rhythm type and articulatory dynamics in English, French and Japanese.	Journal of Phonetics, 21, 231-265
1083	1998	Vatikiotis-Bateson, E., Hirayama, M. & Kawato, M.	Neural Network Modeling of Speech Motor Control Using Physiological Data.	ATR Auditory and Visual Perception Research Laboratories. Inuidani, Seika-cho, Soraku-gun, Kyoto 6199—02, Japan.
968	1993	Vatikiotis-Bateson, Eric, and Kelso, J.A. Scott.	Rhythm type and articulatory dynamics in English, French, and Japanese.	Journal of Phonetics, 21, 231-265.
1040	1997	Vatikiotis-Bateson, Eric, Tiede, Mark K., Rubin, Philip E., and Benoît, Christian.	Visualization of speech production: for better and for worse.	International Symposium on Simulation, Visualization, and Auralization for Acoustic Research and Education, April 2-4, April 1997, Tokyo, Japan.
811	1992	Vayra, M., & Fowler, C. A.	Declination of Supralaryngeal Gestures in Spoken Italian.	Phonetica, 49, 48-60.
1140	1999	Vayra, M., Avesani, C. & Fowler, C.A.	On the phonetic bases of vowel-consonant coordination in Italian: A study of stress and "compensatory shortening".	Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp.495-498). San Francisco, CA.
1374	2005	Velan, H., Frost, R., Deutsch, A. & Plaut, D.C.	The processing of root morphemes in Hebrew: Contrasting localist and distributed accounts	Language and Cognitive Processes, V. 20: No. 1/2, pp. 169-206.
572	1986	Verbrugge, R. R., & Rakerd, B.	Evidence of talker-independent information for vowels.	Language and Speech, Vol. 29, Part 1, 39-57.
210	1976	Verbrugge, R. R., Strange, W., Shankweiler, D. P., & Edman, T. R.	What information enables a listener to map a talker's vowel space?	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 60, 198-212.
1637	2011	Villing, R.C., Repp, B.H., Ward, T.E., Timoney, J.M.	Measuring perceptual centers using the phase correction response	Attention Percept Psychophys, 2011, v. 73, pp. 1614-1629
1565	2009	Viswanathan, N., Fowler, C.A. & Magnuson, J.S.	A critical examination of the spectral contrast account of compensation for coarticulation.	Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, v. 16:no.1, pp. 74-79
1627	2010	Viswanathan, N., Magnuson, J.S., and Fowler, C.A.	Compensation for Coarticulation: Disentangling Auditory and Gestural Theories of Perception of Coarticulatory Effects in Speech.	Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, v. 36(4), 2010, pp. 1005-1015.
380	1981	Wall, M. J., Starkweather, C. W., & Harris, K. S.	The influence of voicing adjustments on the location of stuttering in the spontaneous speech of young child stutterers.	Journal of Fluency Disorders, 6, 299-310.
846	1992	Wang, Qi, Lillo-Martin, Diane, Best, Catherine T., and Levitt, Andrea.	Null subject versus null object: some evidence from the acquisition of Chinese and English.	Language Acquisition, 2(3), 221-254.
635	1987	Watson, B. C. & Alfonso, P. J.	Physiological Bases of Acoustic LRT in Nonstutterers, Mild Stutterers, and Severe Stutterers	Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, Volume 30, 434-447.
423	1983	Watson, B. C., & Alfonso, P. J.	Foreperiod and stuttering severity effects on acoustic laryngeal reaction time.	Journal of Fluency Disorders, 8, 183-206.
445	1982	Watson, B. C., & Alfonso, P. J.	A comparison of LRT and VOT values between stutterers and nonstutterers.	Journal of Fluency Disorders, 7, 219-241.
777	1991	Whalen, D. H.	Subcategorical phonetic mismatches and lexical access.	Perception & Psychophysics, 50(4), 351-360.
774	1991	Whalen, D. H.	Perception of the English /s/-/ / distinction relies on friction noises and transitions, not on brief spectral slices.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 90(4), 1776-1785.
713	1990	Whalen, D. H.	Coarticulation is largely planned.	Journal of Phonetics, 18, 3-35.
681	1989	Whalen, D. H.	Vowel and consonant judgments are not independent when cued by the same information.	Perception & Psychophysics, 46(3), 284-292.
431	1983	Whalen, D. H.	Vowel information in postvocalic fricative noises.	Language and Speech, 26, 91-100.
823	1992	Whalen, D. H.	Perception of overlapping segments: thoughts on Nearey's model.	Journal of Phonetics, 20, 493-496.
444	1984	Whalen, D. H.	Subcategorical phonetic mismatches slow phonetic judgments.	Perception & Psychophysics, 35, 49-64.
324	1981	Whalen, D. H.	Effects of vocalic formant transitions and vowel quality on the English [s]-[s] boundary.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 69, 275-282
591	1987	Whalen, D. H. & Liberman, A. M. (1987)	Speech Perception Takes Precedence over Nonspeech Perception.	Science, 237, 169-171.
511	1985	Whalen, D. H. & Samuel, Arthur G.	Phonetic information is integrated across intervening nonlinguistic sounds.	Perception & Psychophysics 37, 579-587.
697	1989	Whalen, D. H., & Beddor, P. S.	Connections Between Nasality and Vowel Duration and Height: Elucidation of the Eastern Algonquian Intrusive Nasal.	Language, 65, 457-486.
810	1992	Whalen, D. H., & Xu, Y.	Information for Mandarin Tones in the Amplitude Contour and in Brief Segments.	Phonetica, 49, 25-47.
860	1993	Whalen, D. H., Abramson, A. S., Lisker, L., & Mody, M.	F0 gives voicing information even with unambiguous voice onset times.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 93(4), 2152-2159.
746	1991	Whalen, D. H., Abramson, A. S., Lisker, L., & Mody, M.	Effects of Fundamental Frequency on Stop Consonant Voicing Judgments.	Phonetica, 47, 36-49.
712	1990	Whalen, D. H., Cooper, A. M., & Fowler, C. A.	P-Center Judgments Are Generally Insensitive to the Instructions Given.	Phonetica, 46, 197-203.
779	1991	Whalen, D. H., Levitt, A. G., & Wang, Q.	Intonational differences between the reduplicative babbling of French- and English-learning infants.	Journal of Child Language, 18, 501-516.
733	1990	Whalen, D. H., Wiley, E. R., Rubin, P. E., & Cooper, F. S.	The Haskins Laboratories' pulse code modulation (PCM) system.	Behavior Research Methods, Instruments, & Computers, 22(6), 550-559.
1173	2000	Whalen, D., & Liberman, A. M.	On the relation of speech to language	Trends in Cognitive Science, 4,(5), 187-196.
1360	2004	Whalen, D.H.	How the study of endangered languages will revolutionize linguistics	In: Piet van Sterkenburg (Ed.). Linguistics Today - Facing a Greater Challenge. John Benjamins Publishing Co.,, pp. 321-342.
1315	2003	Whalen, D.H.	Articulatory synthesis: Advances and prospects	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 175-178.
1199	2000	Whalen, D.H.	Occam’s razor is a double-edged sword: Reduced interaction is not necessarily reduced power.	Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 23, 351.
1202	2000	Whalen, D.H.	Alvin M.Liberman- Obituary.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America. 108, 2693.
962	1995	Whalen, D.H.	Directions in speech perception research.	European Studies in Phonetics and Speech Communication, edited by G. Bloothooft, V. Hazan, D. Huber, and J. Llisterri, Utrecht, Netherlands.
1141	1999	Whalen, D.H.	Three lines of evidence for direct links between production and perception in speech.	Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, (pp.1257-1260.). San Francisco, CA
1091	1997	Whalen, D.H.	What duplex perception tells us about speech perception.	In K. Singer, R. Eggert, & H. Anderson (eds.), CLS 33: The Panels (pp. 435-446). Chicago Linguistics Society.
1269	2002	Whalen, D.H. American Journal of Psychology, Vol. 115, No. 4, pp. 631-640.	Seeing is Perceiving, Even When It Is Speech. A review by Douglas H. Whalen of Hearing by Eye II: Advances in the Psychology of Speechreading and Audition-Visual Speech.	American Journal of Psychology, 115, 631-640.
1123	1999	Whalen, D.H., Kang, M.A., Magen, H.S., Fulbright, R.K. & Gore, J.C.	Predicting midsagittal pharynx shape from tongue position during vowel production.	Journal of Speech, Language and Hearing Research, 42, 592-603
1062	1997	Whalen, D.H., and Kinsella-Shaw, J.M.	Exploring the relationship of inspiration duration to utterance duration.	Phonetica, 54, 1997, 138-152.
966	1995	Whalen, D.H., and Levitt, Andrea G.	The universality of intrinsic F0 of vowels.	Journal of Phonetics, 23, 349-366.
1010	1996	Whalen, D.H., and Liberman, Alvin M.	Limits on phonetic integration in duplex perception.	Perception & Psychophysics, 58 (6), 1996, 857-870.
1034	1997	Whalen, D.H., and Sheffert, Sonya M.	Normalization of vowels by breath sounds.	Talker Variability in Speech Processing.
922	1994	Whalen, D.H., and Zsiga, Elizabeth C.	Subjective familiarity of English word/name homophones.	Behavior Research Methods, Instruments, & Computers, 26 (4), 402-408.
1448	2006	Whalen, D.H., Benson, R.R., Richardson, M., Swainson, B., Clark, V.P., Lai, S., Mencl, W.E., Fulbright, R.K., Constable, R.T. & Liberman, A.M.	Differentiation of speech and nonspeech processing within primary auditory cortex	Journal of Acoustical Society of America, V. 119:No. 1 (2006), pp. 575-581.
1072	1997	Whalen, D.H., Best, Catherine T., and Irwin, Julia R.	Lexical effects in the perception and production of American English /p/ allophones.	Jorunal of Phonetics, 25, 1997, 501-528.
1273	1999	Whalen, D.H., Gick,B. & LeSourd, P.S.	Intrinsic FO in Passamaquoddy Vowels.	Papers of the Algonquian Conference, pp. 417-428. University of Manitoba, Winnipeg.
948	1995	Whalen, D.H., Hoequist, Charles E., and Sheffert, Sonya M.	The effects of breath sounds on the perception of synthetic speech.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 97 (5), Pt. 1, May 1995.
1328	2003	Whalen, D.H., Iskarous, K., Tiede, M.K., & Ostry, D.J.	A Combined Ultrasound/Optotrak Measurement System for Speech Kinematics	In S. Palethorpe & M.Tabain (Eds.), Proceedings of the 6th International Seminar on Speech Production, pp. 308-313. Sydney: Macquarie University
1401	2005	Whalen, D.H., Iskarous, K., Tiede, M.K., Ostry, D.J., Lehnert-LeHouillier, H., Vatikiotis-Bateson, E. & Hailey, D.S.	The Haskins Optically Corrected Ultrasound System (HOCUS)	Journal of Speech, Language and Hearing Research, V. 48, pp. 543-553.
1146	1998	Whalen, D.H., Kumada, M. & Honda, K.	Cricothyroid activity in high and low vowels: exploring the automaticity of intrinsic F0.	Journal of Phonetics, 27, 125-142.
941	1995	Whalen, D.H., Levitt, Andrea G., Hsiao, Pai-Ling, and Smorodinsky, Iris.	Intrinsic F 0 of vowels in the babbling of 6-, 9-, and 12-month-old French- and English-learning infants.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 97 (4), April 1995, 2533-2539.
1355	2004	Whalen, D.H., Magen, H.S., Pouplier, M., Kang, A.M. & Iskarous, K.	Vowel Targets without a Hyperspace Effect	Language, (2004), V. 80, pp. 377-378.
1368	2004	Whalen, D.H., Magen, H.S., Pouplier, M., Kang, M.A. & Iskarous, K.	Response to Johnson, Flemming, and Wright (JFW)	Language, V. 80: No. 4, pp. 646-649.
177	1975	Wood, C. C. & Day, R. S.	Failure of selective attention to phonetic segments in consonant-vowel syllables.	Perception and Psychophysics, 17, 346-350.
110	1971	Wood, C. C., Goff, W. R.,& Day, R. S.	Auditory evoked potentials during speech perception.	Science, 173, 1248-1251.
1364	2004	Xu, Y.	Understanding Tone from the Perspective of Production and Perception	Language and Linguistics, V. 5: No. 4, pp. 757-797.
1128	1999	Xu, Y.	Effects of tone and focus on the formation and alignment of fo contours.	Journal of Phonetics, 27, 55-105.
820	1992	Xu, Y.	A review by Yi Xu of Psycholinguistic Implications for Linguistic Relativity: A Case Study of Chinese, by Rumjahn Hoosain.	Language and Speech, 35(3), 325-340.
751	1991	Xu, Y.	Depth of phonological recoding in short-term memory.	Memory & Cognition, 19(3), 263-273.
1417	2005	Xu, Yi	Speech melody as articulatorily implemented communicative functions	Speech Communication, V. 46, pp. 220-251.
1352	2004	Xu, Yi, Larson, Charles R., Bauer, Jay J., Hain, Timothy C.	Compensation for pitch-shifted auditory feedback during the production of Mandarin tone sequences	Acoustical Society of America, Vol. 116 (2) August 2004, pp. 1168-1178
1052	1997	Xu, Yi, Liberman, Alvin M., and Whalen, D.H.	On the immediacy of phonetic perception.	Psychological Science, Vol. 8, No. 5, September 1997.
902	1994	Xu, Yi.	Production and perception of coarticulated tones.	J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 95 (4), April 1994.
1101	1998	Yehia, H., Rubin, P., & Vatikiotis-Bateson, E.	Quantitative association of vocal-tract and facial behavior.	Speech Communication, 26, 23-4.
1059	1997	Yehia, Hani, Rubin, Philip, and Vatikiotis-Bateson, Eric.	Quantitative association of orofacial and vocal-tract shapes.	Proceeding of the Workshop on Audio-Visual Speech Processing, AVSP, ‘97, Rhodes, Greece, 26-27 September, 41-44 and Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 40, 1997, 23-28.
1337	2005	Yi, Xu	Separation of Functional Components of Tone and Intonation from Observed F0 Patterns	In From Traditional Phonology to Modern Speech Processing: Festschrift for Professor Wu Zongi’s 95th Birthday. G.Fant, H. Fujisaki, J. Cao and Y. Xu. (Eds.). Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, pp. 483-505.
373	1982	Yumoto, E., Gould, W. J., & Baer, T.	Harmonics-to-noise ratio as an index of the degree of hoarseness.	Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 71, 1544-1550.
1316	2003	Zhaoyan Zhang, Susan Boyce, Carol Espy-Wilson, and Mark Tiede	Acoustic Strategies for Production of American English “retroflex” /r/	Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain. August 3-9, 2003. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, pp. 1125-1128.
1603	2008	Zhuang, X., Nam, H., Hasegawa-Johnson, M., Goldstein, L., & Saltzman, E.	The Entropy of the Articulatory Phonological Code: Recognizing Gestures from Tract Variables.	Interspeech-2008, Brisbane Australia
580	1986	Zinna, D. R., Liberman, I. Y. & Shankweiler, D.	Children's sensitivity to factors influencing vowel reading.	Reading Research Quarterly, 465-480.
816	1992	Zsiga, L.	A mismatch between morphological and prosodic domains: evidence from two Igbo rules.	Phonology, 9, 101-135.

Search Publications